1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, 327 ParsedType ObjectType) { 328 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) 329 return nullptr; 330 331 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) { 332 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid); 333 return nullptr; 334 } 335 336 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype && 337 "unexpected type in getDestructorType"); 338 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 339 340 // If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor 341 // type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way. 342 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 343 if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() && 344 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 345 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 346 << T << SearchType; 347 return nullptr; 348 } 349 350 return ParsedType::make(T); 351 } 352 353 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 354 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 355 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 356 357 if (!SS.isValid()) 358 return false; 359 360 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 364 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 365 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 366 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 367 // case where the scope is dependent. 368 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 369 << SS.getScopeRep(); 370 return true; 371 372 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 373 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 374 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 375 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 376 return false; 377 } 378 379 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 380 } 381 382 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 383 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 384 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 385 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 386 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 387 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 388 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 389 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 390 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 391 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 392 Qualifiers Quals; 393 QualType T 394 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 395 Quals); 396 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 397 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 398 return ExprError(); 399 400 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 401 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 402 403 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 404 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 405 } 406 407 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 408 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 409 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 410 Expr *E, 411 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 412 bool WasEvaluated = false; 413 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 414 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 415 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 416 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 417 E = result.get(); 418 } 419 420 QualType T = E->getType(); 421 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 422 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 423 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 424 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 425 // shall be completely-defined. 426 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 427 return ExprError(); 428 429 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 430 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 431 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 432 // operand. [...] 433 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 434 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 435 // and recheck the subexpression. 436 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 437 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 438 E = Result.get(); 439 440 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 441 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 442 WasEvaluated = true; 443 } 444 } 445 446 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 447 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 448 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 449 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 450 // type. 451 Qualifiers Quals; 452 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 453 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 454 T = UnqualT; 455 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 456 } 457 } 458 459 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 460 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 461 << E->getType()); 462 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 463 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 464 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 465 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 466 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 467 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 468 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 469 } 470 471 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 472 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 473 } 474 475 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 476 ExprResult 477 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 478 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 479 // Find the std::type_info type. 480 if (!getStdNamespace()) 481 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 482 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 484 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 485 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 486 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 487 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 488 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 489 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 490 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 491 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 492 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 493 } 494 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 495 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 496 } 497 498 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 499 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 500 } 501 502 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 503 504 if (isType) { 505 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 506 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 507 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 508 &TInfo); 509 if (T.isNull()) 510 return ExprError(); 511 512 if (!TInfo) 513 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 514 515 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 516 } 517 518 // The operand is an expression. 519 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 520 } 521 522 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 523 /// a single GUID. 524 static void 525 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 526 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 527 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 528 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 529 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 530 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 531 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 532 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 533 534 const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl(); 535 if (!TD) 536 return; 537 538 if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 539 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 540 return; 541 } 542 543 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 544 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) { 545 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 546 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 547 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 548 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 549 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 550 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 551 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 552 553 if (UuidForTA) 554 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 555 } 556 } 557 } 558 559 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 560 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 561 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 562 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 563 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 564 StringRef UuidStr; 565 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 566 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 567 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 568 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 569 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 570 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 571 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 572 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 573 } 574 575 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 576 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 577 } 578 579 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 580 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 581 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 582 Expr *E, 583 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 584 StringRef UuidStr; 585 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 586 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 587 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 588 } else { 589 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 590 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 591 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 592 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 593 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 594 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 595 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 596 } 597 } 598 599 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 600 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 601 } 602 603 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 604 ExprResult 605 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 606 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 607 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 608 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 609 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 610 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 611 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 612 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 613 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 614 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 615 } 616 617 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 618 619 if (isType) { 620 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 621 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 622 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 623 &TInfo); 624 if (T.isNull()) 625 return ExprError(); 626 627 if (!TInfo) 628 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 629 630 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 631 } 632 633 // The operand is an expression. 634 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 635 } 636 637 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 638 ExprResult 639 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 640 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 641 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 642 return new (Context) 643 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 644 } 645 646 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 647 ExprResult 648 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 649 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 650 } 651 652 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 653 ExprResult 654 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 655 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 656 if (Ex) { 657 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 658 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 659 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 660 // 661 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 662 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 663 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 664 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 665 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 666 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 667 // exception object 668 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 669 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 670 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 671 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 672 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 673 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 674 break; 675 } 676 677 if (S->getFlags() & 678 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 679 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 680 Scope::TryScope)) 681 break; 682 } 683 } 684 } 685 } 686 687 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 688 } 689 690 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 691 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 692 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 693 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 694 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 695 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 696 697 // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code. 698 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 699 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions) 700 << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget(); 701 702 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 703 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 704 705 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 706 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 707 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 708 return ExprError(); 709 710 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 711 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 712 713 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 714 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 715 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 716 // 717 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 718 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 719 // catch-clause 720 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 721 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 722 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 723 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 724 // exception object 725 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 726 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 727 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 728 729 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 730 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 731 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 732 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 733 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 734 if (Res.isInvalid()) 735 return ExprError(); 736 Ex = Res.get(); 737 } 738 739 return new (Context) 740 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 741 } 742 743 static void 744 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 745 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 746 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 747 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 748 bool ParentIsPublic) { 749 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 750 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 751 bool NewSubobject; 752 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 753 // always distinct subobjects. 754 if (BS.isVirtual()) 755 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 756 else 757 NewSubobject = true; 758 759 if (NewSubobject) 760 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 761 762 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 763 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 764 if (PublicPath) 765 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 766 767 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 768 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 769 PublicPath); 770 } 771 } 772 773 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 774 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 775 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 776 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 777 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 778 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 779 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 780 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 781 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 782 783 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 784 // Skip ambiguous objects. 785 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 786 continue; 787 788 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 789 } 790 } 791 792 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 793 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 794 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 795 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 796 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 797 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 798 bool isPointer = false; 799 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 800 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 801 isPointer = true; 802 } 803 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 804 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 805 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 806 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 807 E->getSourceRange())) 808 return true; 809 810 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 811 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 812 return true; 813 } 814 815 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 816 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 817 if (!RD) 818 return false; 819 820 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 821 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 822 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 823 824 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 825 if (isPointer) 826 return false; 827 828 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 829 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 830 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 831 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 832 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 833 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 834 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 835 return true; 836 } 837 } 838 839 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 840 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 841 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 842 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 843 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 844 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 845 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 846 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 847 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 848 849 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 850 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 851 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 852 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 853 // lookup and overload resolution. 854 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 855 if (!CD) 856 continue; 857 858 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 859 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 860 861 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 862 // in the catchable type data. 863 if (CD->isTrivial()) 864 continue; 865 866 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 867 // type to this constructor. 868 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 869 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 870 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 871 // friendship or any other means). 872 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 873 874 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 875 // we must rebuild them here. 876 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 877 if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I))) 878 return true; 879 } 880 } 881 } 882 883 return false; 884 } 885 886 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda( 887 ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy, 888 DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) { 889 890 QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 891 LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr; 892 DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext; 893 894 // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to 895 // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since 896 // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object. 897 // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its 898 // member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate 899 // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this' 900 // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that 901 // capturing lamdbda's call operator. 902 // 903 904 // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack 905 // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But 906 // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even 907 // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so 908 // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for 909 // capture information. The reason we don't just resort to always using the 910 // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions 911 // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated. 912 913 for (int I = FunctionScopes.size(); 914 I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 915 CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) { 916 CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]); 917 918 if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) 919 continue; 920 921 auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 922 923 if (C.isCopyCapture()) { 924 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 925 if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst()) 926 ClassType.addConst(); 927 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 928 } 929 } 930 // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can 931 // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas) 932 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) { 933 assert(CurLSI); 934 assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 935 assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator)); 936 937 auto IsThisCaptured = 938 [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) { 939 IsConst = false; 940 IsByCopy = false; 941 for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) { 942 if (C.capturesThis()) { 943 if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis) 944 IsByCopy = true; 945 if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst()) 946 IsConst = true; 947 return true; 948 } 949 } 950 return false; 951 }; 952 953 bool IsByCopyCapture = false; 954 bool IsConstCapture = false; 955 CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent()); 956 while (Closure && 957 IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) { 958 if (IsByCopyCapture) { 959 ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 960 if (IsConstCapture) 961 ClassType.addConst(); 962 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 963 } 964 Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent()) 965 ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent()) 966 : nullptr; 967 } 968 } 969 return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType); 970 } 971 972 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 973 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 974 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 975 976 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 977 if (method && method->isInstance()) 978 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 979 } 980 981 if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) && 982 !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 983 984 assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && 985 "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?"); 986 987 // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default 988 // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover 989 // the 'this' type from it. 990 991 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)); 992 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 993 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 994 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 995 } 996 997 // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this' 998 // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's 999 // captures '*this' by copy. 1000 if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) 1001 return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy, 1002 CurContext, Context); 1003 return ThisTy; 1004 } 1005 1006 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 1007 Decl *ContextDecl, 1008 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 1009 bool Enabled) 1010 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 1011 { 1012 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 1013 return; 1014 1015 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 1016 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 1017 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 1018 else 1019 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 1020 1021 // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else. 1022 CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask; 1023 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 1024 = S.Context.getPointerType( 1025 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 1026 1027 this->Enabled = true; 1028 } 1029 1030 1031 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 1032 if (Enabled) { 1033 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 1034 } 1035 } 1036 1037 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 1038 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 1039 const bool ByCopy) { 1040 1041 QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy; 1042 // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by 1043 // copy'). 1044 QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy; 1045 if (ByCopy) { 1046 // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any 1047 // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type 1048 // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'. 1049 CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 1050 CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask); 1051 AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy); 1052 } 1053 1054 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create( 1055 Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, 1056 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false, 1057 ICIS_NoInit); 1058 1059 Field->setImplicit(true); 1060 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 1061 RD->addDecl(Field); 1062 Expr *This = 1063 new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true); 1064 if (ByCopy) { 1065 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 1066 UO_Deref, 1067 This).get(); 1068 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 1069 nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc); 1070 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 1071 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1072 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 1073 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 1074 return ER.get(); 1075 } 1076 return This; 1077 } 1078 1079 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 1080 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 1081 const bool ByCopy) { 1082 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 1083 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 1084 return true; 1085 1086 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 1087 1088 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 1089 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 1090 1091 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 1092 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 1093 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 1094 1095 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 1096 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 1097 // [*this] { ... }. 1098 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 1099 // capture. 1100 1101 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1102 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1103 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1104 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1105 // AND 1106 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1107 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1108 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1109 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1110 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1111 // *enclosing object* 1112 1113 1114 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1115 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1116 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1117 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1118 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1119 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1120 CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose); 1121 break; 1122 } 1123 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1124 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1125 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1126 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1127 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1128 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1129 return true; 1130 } 1131 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1132 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1133 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1134 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1135 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1136 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1137 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1138 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1139 1140 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1141 NumCapturingClosures++; 1142 continue; 1143 } 1144 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1145 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1146 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1147 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1148 return true; 1149 } 1150 break; 1151 } 1152 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1153 1154 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1155 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1156 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1157 1158 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1159 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1160 // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1161 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1162 // above)). 1163 assert((!ByCopy || 1164 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1165 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1166 "*this) by copy"); 1167 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1168 // contexts. 1169 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1170 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1171 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1172 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1173 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1174 1175 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1176 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1177 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1178 // iteration. 1179 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1180 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1181 1182 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1183 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1184 ThisExpr = 1185 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1186 false/*ByCopy*/); 1187 1188 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1189 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1190 } 1191 return false; 1192 } 1193 1194 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1195 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1196 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1197 /// which the function is called. 1198 1199 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1200 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1201 1202 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1203 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1204 } 1205 1206 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1207 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1208 // type for 'this'. 1209 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1210 return false; 1211 1212 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1213 // defined. 1214 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1215 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1216 } 1217 1218 ExprResult 1219 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1220 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1221 MultiExprArg exprs, 1222 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1223 if (!TypeRep) 1224 return ExprError(); 1225 1226 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1227 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1228 if (!TInfo) 1229 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1230 1231 // Handle errors like: int({0}) 1232 if (exprs.size() == 1 && !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(Ty) && 1233 LParenLoc.isValid() && RParenLoc.isValid()) 1234 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(exprs[0])) { 1235 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 1236 << Ty << IList->getSourceRange() 1237 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LParenLoc) 1238 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc); 1239 LParenLoc = RParenLoc = SourceLocation(); 1240 } 1241 1242 auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1243 // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos. 1244 // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without 1245 // checking for embedded typos. 1246 if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() && 1247 !Result.get()->isTypeDependent()) 1248 Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get()); 1249 return Result; 1250 } 1251 1252 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1253 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1254 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1255 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1256 ExprResult 1257 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1258 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1259 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1260 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1261 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1262 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1263 1264 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1265 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1266 RParenLoc); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1270 assert((!ListInitialization || 1271 (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) && 1272 "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1273 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1274 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1275 1276 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1277 InitializationKind Kind = 1278 Exprs.size() 1279 ? ListInitialization 1280 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1281 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, 1282 RParenLoc) 1283 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1284 1285 // C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1: 1286 // If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class 1287 // template argument deduction...] 1288 DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType(); 1289 if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 1290 Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity, 1291 Kind, Exprs); 1292 if (Ty.isNull()) 1293 return ExprError(); 1294 Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty); 1295 } 1296 1297 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1298 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1299 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1300 // corresponding cast expression. 1301 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1302 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1303 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1304 } 1305 1306 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1307 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1308 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1309 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1310 // an object of type T. 1311 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1312 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1313 if (!ListInitialization) 1314 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1315 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1316 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1317 } 1318 1319 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1320 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1321 << FullRange); 1322 1323 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1324 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1325 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1326 return ExprError(); 1327 1328 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1329 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1330 1331 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1332 return Result; 1333 1334 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1335 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1336 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1337 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1338 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1339 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1340 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1341 // 1342 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1343 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1344 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1345 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1346 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1347 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1348 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, 1349 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1350 } 1351 1352 return Result; 1353 } 1354 1355 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1356 /// deallocation function. 1357 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1358 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1359 return false; 1360 1361 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1362 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1363 1364 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1365 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1366 return false; 1367 1368 unsigned UsualParams = 1; 1369 1370 if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1371 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1372 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1373 S.Context.getSizeType())) 1374 ++UsualParams; 1375 1376 if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() && 1377 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType( 1378 FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(), 1379 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT()))) 1380 ++UsualParams; 1381 1382 return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams(); 1383 } 1384 1385 namespace { 1386 struct UsualDeallocFnInfo { 1387 UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {} 1388 UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found) 1389 : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())), 1390 HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) { 1391 // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function. 1392 if (!FD) 1393 return; 1394 if (FD->getNumParams() == 3) 1395 HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true; 1396 else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) { 1397 HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType(); 1398 HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT; 1399 } 1400 1401 // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this. 1402 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) 1403 if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) 1404 CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD); 1405 } 1406 1407 operator bool() const { return FD; } 1408 1409 bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize, 1410 bool WantAlign) const { 1411 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1412 // If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter 1413 // of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without 1414 // such a parameter is preferred 1415 if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT) 1416 return HasAlignValT == WantAlign; 1417 1418 if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT) 1419 return HasSizeT == WantSize; 1420 1421 // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker. 1422 return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref; 1423 } 1424 1425 DeclAccessPair Found; 1426 FunctionDecl *FD; 1427 bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT; 1428 Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref; 1429 }; 1430 } 1431 1432 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when 1433 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee 1434 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is 1435 /// not known. 1436 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) { 1437 return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1438 S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) > 1439 S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1440 } 1441 1442 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of 1443 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope). 1444 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload( 1445 Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign, 1446 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) { 1447 UsualDeallocFnInfo Best; 1448 1449 for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) { 1450 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair()); 1451 if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) || 1452 Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never) 1453 continue; 1454 1455 if (!Best) { 1456 Best = Info; 1457 if (BestFns) 1458 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1459 continue; 1460 } 1461 1462 if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1463 continue; 1464 1465 // If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred 1466 // functions are eliminated from further consideration. 1467 if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign)) 1468 BestFns->clear(); 1469 1470 Best = Info; 1471 if (BestFns) 1472 BestFns->push_back(Info); 1473 } 1474 1475 return Best; 1476 } 1477 1478 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call 1479 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that 1480 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is 1481 /// trivially-destructible). 1482 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1483 QualType allocType) { 1484 const RecordType *record = 1485 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1486 if (!record) return false; 1487 1488 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1489 1490 DeclarationName deleteName = 1491 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1492 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1493 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1494 1495 // We're just doing this for information. 1496 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1497 1498 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1499 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1500 1501 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1502 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1503 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1504 1505 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 1506 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 1507 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 1508 auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload( 1509 S, ops, /*WantSize*/false, 1510 /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType)); 1511 return Best && Best.HasSizeT; 1512 } 1513 1514 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1515 /// 1516 /// E.g.: 1517 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1518 /// or 1519 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1520 /// 1521 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1522 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1523 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1524 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1525 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1526 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1527 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1528 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1529 /// if there is none. 1530 ExprResult 1531 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1532 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1533 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1534 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1535 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1536 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1537 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1538 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1539 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1540 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) 1541 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1542 << D.getSourceRange()); 1543 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1544 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1545 << D.getSourceRange()); 1546 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1547 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1548 << D.getSourceRange()); 1549 1550 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1551 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1552 } 1553 1554 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1555 if (ArraySize) { 1556 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1557 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1558 break; 1559 1560 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1561 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1562 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1563 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1564 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1565 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1566 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1567 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1568 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1569 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1570 Array.NumElts 1571 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1572 CCEK_NewExpr) 1573 .get(); 1574 } else { 1575 Array.NumElts 1576 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1577 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1578 .get(); 1579 } 1580 if (!Array.NumElts) 1581 return ExprError(); 1582 } 1583 } 1584 } 1585 } 1586 1587 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1588 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1589 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1590 return ExprError(); 1591 1592 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1593 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1594 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1595 // Handle errors like: new int a({0}) 1596 if (List->getNumExprs() == 1 && 1597 !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(AllocType)) 1598 if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(List->getExpr(0))) { 1599 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens) 1600 << AllocType << List->getSourceRange() 1601 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocStart()) 1602 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocEnd()); 1603 DirectInitRange = SourceRange(); 1604 Initializer = IList; 1605 } 1606 } 1607 1608 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1609 PlacementLParen, 1610 PlacementArgs, 1611 PlacementRParen, 1612 TypeIdParens, 1613 AllocType, 1614 TInfo, 1615 ArraySize, 1616 DirectInitRange, 1617 Initializer); 1618 } 1619 1620 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1621 Expr *Init) { 1622 if (!Init) 1623 return true; 1624 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1625 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1626 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1627 return true; 1628 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1629 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1630 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1631 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1632 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1633 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1634 return true; 1635 } 1636 return false; 1637 } 1638 1639 ExprResult 1640 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1641 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1642 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1643 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1644 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1645 QualType AllocType, 1646 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1647 Expr *ArraySize, 1648 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1649 Expr *Initializer) { 1650 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1651 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1652 1653 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1654 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1655 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1656 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1657 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1658 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1659 else { 1660 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1661 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1662 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1663 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1664 } 1665 1666 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1667 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1668 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1669 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1670 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1671 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1672 } 1673 1674 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1675 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1676 // object as follows: 1677 InitializationKind Kind 1678 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1679 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1680 // the object has indeterminate value 1681 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1682 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1683 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1684 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1685 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1686 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1687 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1688 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1689 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1690 1691 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1692 auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType(); 1693 if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 1694 if (ArraySize) 1695 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getExprLoc(), 1696 diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type) 1697 << /*array*/ 2 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1698 1699 InitializedEntity Entity 1700 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType); 1701 AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( 1702 AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1703 if (AllocType.isNull()) 1704 return ExprError(); 1705 } else if (Deduced) { 1706 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1707 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1708 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1709 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1710 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1711 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1712 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1713 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1714 if (NumInits > 1) { 1715 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1716 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1717 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1718 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1719 } 1720 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1721 QualType DeducedType; 1722 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1723 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1724 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1725 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1726 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1727 return ExprError(); 1728 AllocType = DeducedType; 1729 } 1730 1731 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1732 // typedef of an array type. 1733 if (!ArraySize) { 1734 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1735 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1736 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1737 Context.getSizeType(), 1738 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1739 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1740 } 1741 } 1742 1743 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1744 return ExprError(); 1745 1746 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1747 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1748 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1749 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1750 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1751 } 1752 1753 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1754 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1755 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1756 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1757 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1758 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1759 } 1760 1761 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1762 1763 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1764 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1765 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1766 ArraySize = result.get(); 1767 } 1768 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1769 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1770 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1771 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1772 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1773 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1774 // std::size_t. 1775 llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize; 1776 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1777 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1778 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1779 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1780 1781 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1782 AA_Converting); 1783 1784 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1785 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1786 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1787 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1788 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1789 } else { 1790 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1791 protected: 1792 Expr *ArraySize; 1793 1794 public: 1795 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1796 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1797 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1798 1799 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1800 QualType T) override { 1801 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1802 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1803 } 1804 1805 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1806 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1807 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1808 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1809 } 1810 1811 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1812 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1813 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1814 } 1815 1816 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1817 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1818 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1819 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1820 } 1821 1822 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1823 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1824 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1825 } 1826 1827 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1828 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1829 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1830 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1831 } 1832 1833 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1834 QualType T, 1835 QualType ConvTy) override { 1836 return S.Diag(Loc, 1837 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1838 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1839 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1840 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1841 } 1842 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1843 1844 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1845 SizeDiagnoser); 1846 } 1847 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1848 return ExprError(); 1849 1850 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1851 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1852 1853 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1854 return ExprError(); 1855 1856 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1857 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1858 // with a non-negative value. 1859 // 1860 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand, 1861 // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an 1862 // unparenthesized array type. 1863 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1864 llvm::APSInt Value; 1865 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1866 // unscoped enumeration type. 1867 // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to 1868 // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in 1869 // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here! 1870 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1871 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 1872 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1873 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1874 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1875 } 1876 1877 if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1878 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1879 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1880 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) 1881 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1882 diag::err_array_too_large) 1883 << Value.toString(10) 1884 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1885 } 1886 1887 KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue(); 1888 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1889 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1890 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1891 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1892 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1893 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1894 1895 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1896 } 1897 } 1898 1899 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1900 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1901 } 1902 1903 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1904 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1905 unsigned Alignment = 1906 AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType); 1907 unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign(); 1908 bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && 1909 Alignment > NewAlignment; 1910 1911 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1912 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1913 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1914 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1915 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment, 1916 PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1917 return ExprError(); 1918 1919 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1920 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1921 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1922 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1923 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 1924 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1925 1926 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1927 if (OperatorNew) { 1928 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1929 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1930 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1931 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1932 1933 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1934 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1935 // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the 1936 // alignment; we've already filled it in. 1937 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1938 PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs, 1939 AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1940 return ExprError(); 1941 1942 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1943 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1944 1945 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1946 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1947 1948 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1949 1950 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned) 1951 // global operator new. 1952 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment && 1953 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1954 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1955 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1956 if (Alignment > NewAlignment) 1957 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1958 << AllocType 1959 << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth()) 1960 << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth()); 1961 } 1962 } 1963 1964 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1965 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1966 // dialect distinction. 1967 if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1968 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1969 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1970 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1971 return ExprError(); 1972 } 1973 1974 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1975 // do it now. 1976 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1977 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1978 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1979 // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound. 1980 QualType InitType; 1981 if (KnownArraySize) 1982 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType( 1983 AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), 1984 *KnownArraySize), 1985 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1986 else if (ArraySize) 1987 InitType = 1988 Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1989 else 1990 InitType = AllocType; 1991 1992 InitializedEntity Entity 1993 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1994 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 1995 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1996 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1997 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1998 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1999 return ExprError(); 2000 2001 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 2002 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 2003 // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place. 2004 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 2005 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 2006 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 2007 2008 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 2009 } 2010 2011 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 2012 if (OperatorNew) { 2013 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 2014 return ExprError(); 2015 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 2016 } 2017 if (OperatorDelete) { 2018 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 2019 return ExprError(); 2020 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2021 } 2022 2023 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 2024 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 2025 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 2026 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2027 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 2028 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 2029 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 2030 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 2031 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 2032 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 2033 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 2034 << BaseAllocType); 2035 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 2036 return ExprError(); 2037 } 2038 } 2039 } 2040 2041 return new (Context) 2042 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment, 2043 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 2044 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 2045 Range, DirectInitRange); 2046 } 2047 2048 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 2049 /// in a new-expression. 2050 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 2051 SourceRange R) { 2052 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 2053 // abstract class type or array thereof. 2054 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 2055 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2056 << AllocType << 0 << R; 2057 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 2058 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 2059 << AllocType << 1 << R; 2060 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 2061 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 2062 return true; 2063 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 2064 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 2065 return true; 2066 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2067 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 2068 << AllocType; 2069 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 2070 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 2071 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2072 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 2073 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 2074 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 2075 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 2076 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 2077 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 2078 << BaseAllocType; 2079 } 2080 } 2081 2082 return false; 2083 } 2084 2085 static bool 2086 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, 2087 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment, 2088 FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2089 OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr, 2090 Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) { 2091 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(), 2092 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2093 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2094 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2095 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2096 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2097 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2098 2099 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2100 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2101 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args, 2102 Candidates, 2103 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2104 continue; 2105 } 2106 2107 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2108 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2109 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2110 } 2111 2112 // Do the resolution. 2113 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2114 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) { 2115 case OR_Success: { 2116 // Got one! 2117 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2118 if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2119 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible) 2120 return true; 2121 2122 Operator = FnDecl; 2123 return false; 2124 } 2125 2126 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2127 // C++17 [expr.new]p13: 2128 // If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has 2129 // new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the 2130 // argument list, and overload resolution is performed again. 2131 if (PassAlignment) { 2132 PassAlignment = false; 2133 AlignArg = Args[1]; 2134 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2135 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2136 Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg); 2137 } 2138 2139 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 2140 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 2141 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 2142 // will not replicate that bug. 2143 // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback 2144 // once MSVC implements it. 2145 if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New && 2146 S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 2147 R.clear(); 2148 R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New)); 2149 S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2150 // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions. 2151 return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment, 2152 Operator, nullptr); 2153 } 2154 2155 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2156 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2157 2158 // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates 2159 // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from 2160 // Candidates. 2161 if (AlignedCandidates) { 2162 auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) { 2163 return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 && 2164 C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT(); 2165 }; 2166 auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); }; 2167 2168 // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates 2169 // first. 2170 Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg); 2171 AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", 2172 R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned); 2173 Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1); 2174 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(), 2175 IsUnaligned); 2176 } else { 2177 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2178 } 2179 return true; 2180 2181 case OR_Ambiguous: 2182 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2183 << R.getLookupName() << Range; 2184 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2185 return true; 2186 2187 case OR_Deleted: { 2188 S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2189 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2190 << R.getLookupName() 2191 << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2192 << Range; 2193 Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2194 return true; 2195 } 2196 } 2197 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2198 } 2199 2200 2201 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 2202 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 2203 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2204 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 2205 bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment, 2206 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 2207 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 2208 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 2209 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 2210 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 2211 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 2212 // in the scope of the allocated class. 2213 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 2214 // operator new. 2215 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 2216 // placement form. 2217 2218 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs; 2219 AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size()); 2220 2221 // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments. 2222 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 2223 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 2224 // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if. 2225 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 2226 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 2227 Context.getSizeType(), 2228 SourceLocation()); 2229 AllocArgs.push_back(&Size); 2230 2231 QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy; 2232 if (PassAlignment) { 2233 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2234 AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()); 2235 } 2236 CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation()); 2237 if (PassAlignment) 2238 AllocArgs.push_back(&Align); 2239 2240 AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end()); 2241 2242 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 2243 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 2244 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 2245 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 2246 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 2247 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 2248 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2249 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 2250 2251 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 2252 2253 // Find the allocation function. 2254 { 2255 LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2256 2257 // C++1z [expr.new]p9: 2258 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation 2259 // function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the 2260 // allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation 2261 // function's name is looked up in the scope of T. 2262 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) 2263 LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); 2264 2265 // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in 2266 // multiple base classes. 2267 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2268 return true; 2269 2270 // If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not 2271 // a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the 2272 // global scope. 2273 if (R.empty()) 2274 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2275 2276 assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found"); 2277 assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous"); 2278 2279 // We do our own custom access checks below. 2280 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2281 2282 if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment, 2283 OperatorNew)) 2284 return true; 2285 } 2286 2287 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions. 2288 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 2289 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2290 return false; 2291 } 2292 2293 // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to 2294 // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload. 2295 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2296 OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New 2297 ? OO_Array_Delete 2298 : OO_Delete); 2299 2300 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 2301 // 2302 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 2303 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 2304 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 2305 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 2306 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 2307 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 2308 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 2309 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2310 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 2311 CXXRecordDecl *RD 2312 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 2313 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 2314 } 2315 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 2316 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 2317 2318 bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty(); 2319 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 2320 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2321 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2322 } 2323 2324 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 2325 2326 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 2327 2328 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 2329 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 2330 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 2331 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 2332 // A *a = new A() 2333 // 2334 // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function" 2335 // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose 2336 // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t). 2337 // 2338 // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement? 2339 // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned 2340 // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete. 2341 bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 || 2342 OperatorNew->isVariadic(); 2343 2344 if (isPlacementNew) { 2345 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2346 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 2347 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 2348 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 2349 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 2350 // identical. [...] 2351 // 2352 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 2353 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 2354 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 2355 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 2356 { 2357 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 2358 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2359 2360 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 2361 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 2362 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 2363 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 2364 2365 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2366 // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule. 2367 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 2368 2369 ExpectedFunctionType 2370 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 2371 } 2372 2373 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2374 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2375 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2376 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 2377 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl = 2378 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2379 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2380 // expected function type. 2381 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2382 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2383 Info)) 2384 continue; 2385 } else 2386 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2387 2388 if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(), 2389 ExpectedFunctionType, 2390 /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true), 2391 ExpectedFunctionType)) 2392 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2393 } 2394 2395 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2396 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2397 } else { 2398 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2399 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2400 // function lookup is used 2401 // 2402 // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete 2403 // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete 2404 // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case). 2405 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns; 2406 UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload( 2407 *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete, 2408 /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType), 2409 &BestDeallocFns); 2410 if (Selected) 2411 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD)); 2412 else { 2413 // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable 2414 // but ambiguous. 2415 for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns) 2416 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD)); 2417 } 2418 } 2419 2420 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2421 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2422 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2423 // deallocation function will be called. 2424 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2425 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2426 2427 // C++1z [expr.new]p23: 2428 // If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2) 2429 // with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered 2430 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2431 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2432 // is ill-formed. 2433 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew && 2434 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2435 UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this, 2436 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)); 2437 // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09: 2438 // If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding 2439 // non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized 2440 // deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter. 2441 bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT; 2442 if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) { 2443 auto NonSizedDelete = 2444 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false, 2445 /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT); 2446 if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT && 2447 NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT) 2448 IsSizedDelete = false; 2449 } 2450 2451 if (IsSizedDelete) { 2452 SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty() 2453 ? SourceRange() 2454 : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2455 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2456 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R; 2457 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2458 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2459 << DeleteName; 2460 } 2461 } 2462 2463 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2464 Matches[0].first); 2465 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2466 // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we 2467 // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user. 2468 // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw. 2469 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found) 2470 << DeleteName << AllocElemType; 2471 2472 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2473 Diag(Match.second->getLocation(), 2474 diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName; 2475 } 2476 2477 return false; 2478 } 2479 2480 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2481 /// delete. These are: 2482 /// @code 2483 /// // C++03: 2484 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2485 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2486 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2487 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2488 /// // C++11: 2489 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2490 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2491 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2492 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2493 /// // C++1y: 2494 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2495 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2496 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2497 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2498 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2499 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2500 /// @endcode 2501 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2502 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2503 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2504 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2505 return; 2506 2507 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2508 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2509 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2510 // program 2511 // 2512 // C++03: 2513 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2514 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2515 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2516 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2517 // C++11: 2518 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2519 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2520 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2521 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2522 // C++1y: 2523 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2524 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2525 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2526 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2527 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2528 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2529 // 2530 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2531 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2532 // 2533 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2534 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2535 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2536 // lookup. 2537 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2538 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2539 // implicitly. 2540 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2541 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2542 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2543 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2544 nullptr); 2545 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2546 } 2547 if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) { 2548 // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it 2549 // implicitly. 2550 auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create( 2551 Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2552 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true); 2553 AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType()); 2554 AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType()); 2555 AlignValT->setImplicit(true); 2556 StdAlignValT = AlignValT; 2557 } 2558 2559 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2560 2561 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2562 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2563 2564 auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind, 2565 QualType Return, QualType Param) { 2566 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params; 2567 Params.push_back(Param); 2568 2569 // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned). 2570 bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && 2571 (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete); 2572 bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation; 2573 2574 int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2575 int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1); 2576 for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) { 2577 if (Sized) 2578 Params.push_back(SizeT); 2579 2580 for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) { 2581 if (Aligned) 2582 Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT())); 2583 2584 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2585 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params); 2586 2587 if (Aligned) 2588 Params.pop_back(); 2589 } 2590 } 2591 }; 2592 2593 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2594 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT); 2595 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2596 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2597 } 2598 2599 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2600 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2601 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2602 QualType Return, 2603 ArrayRef<QualType> Params) { 2604 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2605 2606 // Check if this function is already declared. 2607 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2608 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2609 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2610 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2611 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2612 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2613 if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) { 2614 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams; 2615 for (auto *P : Func->parameters()) 2616 FuncParams.push_back( 2617 Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType())); 2618 if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) { 2619 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2620 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2621 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2622 Func->setHidden(false); 2623 return; 2624 } 2625 } 2626 } 2627 } 2628 2629 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2630 2631 QualType BadAllocType; 2632 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2633 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2634 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2635 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2636 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2637 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2638 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2639 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2640 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2641 } 2642 } else { 2643 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2644 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2645 } 2646 2647 auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) { 2648 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI); 2649 FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create( 2650 Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name, 2651 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2652 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2653 2654 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2655 Alloc->addAttr( 2656 VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2657 2658 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls; 2659 for (QualType T : Params) { 2660 ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create( 2661 Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T, 2662 /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr)); 2663 ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit(); 2664 } 2665 Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls); 2666 if (ExtraAttr) 2667 Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr); 2668 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2669 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2670 }; 2671 2672 if (!LangOpts.CUDA) 2673 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr); 2674 else { 2675 // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be 2676 // defined or re-declared independently. 2677 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2678 CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 2679 } 2680 } 2681 2682 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2683 bool CanProvideSize, 2684 bool Overaligned, 2685 DeclarationName Name) { 2686 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2687 2688 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2689 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2690 2691 // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a 2692 // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We 2693 // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation 2694 // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case. 2695 auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize, 2696 Overaligned); 2697 assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?"); 2698 return Result.FD; 2699 } 2700 2701 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, 2702 CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 2703 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 2704 2705 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2706 if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete)) 2707 return nullptr; 2708 if (OperatorDelete) 2709 return OperatorDelete; 2710 2711 // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global 2712 // non-array delete. 2713 return FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2714 Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)), 2715 Name); 2716 } 2717 2718 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2719 DeclarationName Name, 2720 FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2721 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2722 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2723 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2724 2725 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2726 return true; 2727 2728 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2729 2730 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)); 2731 2732 // C++17 [expr.delete]p10: 2733 // If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a 2734 // parameter of type std::size_t is selected. 2735 llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches; 2736 resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false, 2737 /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches); 2738 2739 // If we could find an overload, use it. 2740 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2741 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD); 2742 2743 // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl? 2744 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2745 if (Diagnose) { 2746 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2747 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2748 } 2749 return true; 2750 } 2751 2752 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2753 Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2754 return true; 2755 2756 return false; 2757 } 2758 2759 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2760 // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent 2761 // is that this should never happen. 2762 if (!Matches.empty()) { 2763 if (Diagnose) { 2764 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2765 << Name << RD; 2766 for (auto &Match : Matches) 2767 Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2768 } 2769 return true; 2770 } 2771 2772 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2773 // none of them were suitable. 2774 if (!Found.empty()) { 2775 if (Diagnose) { 2776 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2777 << Name << RD; 2778 2779 for (NamedDecl *D : Found) 2780 Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2781 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2782 } 2783 return true; 2784 } 2785 2786 Operator = nullptr; 2787 return false; 2788 } 2789 2790 namespace { 2791 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2792 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2793 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2794 public: 2795 enum MismatchResult { 2796 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2797 NoMismatch, 2798 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2799 VarInitMismatches, 2800 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2801 MemberInitMismatches, 2802 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2803 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2804 AnalyzeLater 2805 }; 2806 2807 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2808 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2809 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2810 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2811 : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2812 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2813 2814 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2815 /// matching form of new-expression. 2816 /// 2817 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2818 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2819 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2820 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2821 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2822 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2823 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2824 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2825 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2826 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2827 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2828 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2829 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2830 FieldDecl *Field; 2831 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2832 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2833 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2834 bool IsArrayForm; 2835 2836 private: 2837 const bool EndOfTU; 2838 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2839 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2840 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2841 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2842 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2843 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2844 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2845 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2846 /// 2847 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2848 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2849 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2850 /// \c NoMismatch. 2851 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2852 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2853 /// \c new. 2854 /// 2855 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2856 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2857 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2858 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2859 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2860 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2861 /// form of \c new. 2862 /// 2863 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2864 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2865 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2866 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2867 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2868 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2869 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2870 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2871 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2872 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2873 /// in-class initializer. 2874 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2875 }; 2876 } 2877 2878 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2879 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2880 NewExprs.clear(); 2881 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2882 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2883 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2884 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2885 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2886 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2887 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2888 return VarInitMismatches; 2889 } 2890 return NoMismatch; 2891 } 2892 2893 const CXXNewExpr * 2894 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2895 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2896 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2897 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2898 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2899 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2900 } 2901 2902 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2903 } 2904 2905 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2906 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2907 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2908 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2909 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2910 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2911 return true; 2912 else 2913 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2914 } 2915 return false; 2916 } 2917 2918 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2919 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2920 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2921 return false; 2922 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2923 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2924 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2925 return EndOfTU; 2926 } 2927 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2928 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2929 return true; 2930 } 2931 return false; 2932 } 2933 2934 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2935 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2936 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2937 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2938 if (!InitExpr) 2939 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2940 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2941 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2942 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2943 return MemberInitMismatches; 2944 } 2945 } 2946 return NoMismatch; 2947 } 2948 2949 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2950 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2951 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2952 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2953 this->Field = Field; 2954 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2955 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2956 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2957 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2958 return NoMismatch; 2959 } 2960 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2961 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2962 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2963 return MemberInitMismatches; 2964 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2965 : NoMismatch; 2966 } 2967 2968 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2969 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2970 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2971 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2972 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2973 return NoMismatch; 2974 } 2975 2976 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2977 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2978 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2979 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2980 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2981 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2982 } 2983 } 2984 return NewExprs.empty(); 2985 } 2986 2987 static void 2988 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2989 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2990 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2991 FixItHint H; 2992 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2993 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2994 else { 2995 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2996 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2997 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2998 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2999 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 3000 } 3001 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 3002 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 3003 3004 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 3005 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 3006 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 3007 } 3008 3009 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 3010 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 3011 return; 3012 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 3013 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 3014 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 3015 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 3016 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 3017 break; 3018 } 3019 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 3020 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 3021 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 3022 break; 3023 } 3024 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 3025 break; 3026 } 3027 } 3028 3029 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 3030 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 3031 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 3032 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 3033 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 3034 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 3035 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 3036 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 3037 "translation unit."); 3038 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 3039 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 3040 break; 3041 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 3042 break; 3043 } 3044 } 3045 3046 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 3047 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 3048 /// or 3049 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 3050 ExprResult 3051 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3052 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 3053 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 3054 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 3055 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 3056 // void. 3057 // 3058 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 3059 3060 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 3061 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 3062 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 3063 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 3064 3065 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 3066 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 3067 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 3068 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3069 return ExprError(); 3070 3071 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3072 3073 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 3074 public: 3075 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 3076 3077 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 3078 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 3079 // the operator T*. 3080 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3081 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 3082 return true; 3083 return false; 3084 } 3085 3086 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3087 QualType T) override { 3088 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 3089 } 3090 3091 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3092 QualType T) override { 3093 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 3094 } 3095 3096 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3097 QualType T, 3098 QualType ConvTy) override { 3099 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 3100 } 3101 3102 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3103 QualType ConvTy) override { 3104 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3105 << ConvTy; 3106 } 3107 3108 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3109 QualType T) override { 3110 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 3111 } 3112 3113 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 3114 QualType ConvTy) override { 3115 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 3116 << ConvTy; 3117 } 3118 3119 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 3120 QualType T, 3121 QualType ConvTy) override { 3122 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 3123 } 3124 } Converter; 3125 3126 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 3127 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 3128 return ExprError(); 3129 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 3130 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 3131 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 3132 // itself in this case. 3133 return ExprError(); 3134 3135 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 3136 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 3137 3138 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 3139 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 3140 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 3141 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 3142 3143 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 3144 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 3145 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 3146 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 3147 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 3148 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 3149 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 3150 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 3151 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 3152 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 3153 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 3154 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 3155 // module but is hidden. 3156 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 3157 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 3158 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 3159 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3160 } 3161 } 3162 3163 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 3164 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 3165 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 3166 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 3167 ArrayForm = true; 3168 } 3169 3170 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3171 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 3172 3173 if (PointeeRD) { 3174 if (!UseGlobal && 3175 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 3176 OperatorDelete)) 3177 return ExprError(); 3178 3179 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 3180 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 3181 if (ArrayForm) { 3182 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 3183 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 3184 if (UseGlobal) 3185 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3186 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 3187 3188 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 3189 // function we just found. 3190 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 3191 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 3192 UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this, 3193 DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public)) 3194 .HasSizeT; 3195 } 3196 3197 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 3198 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3199 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 3200 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 3201 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 3202 return ExprError(); 3203 } 3204 3205 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 3206 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 3207 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 3208 SourceLocation()); 3209 } 3210 3211 if (!OperatorDelete) { 3212 bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee); 3213 bool CanProvideSize = 3214 IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 3215 Pointee.isDestructedType()); 3216 bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee); 3217 3218 // Look for a global declaration. 3219 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize, 3220 Overaligned, DeleteName); 3221 } 3222 3223 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 3224 3225 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 3226 if (PointeeRD) { 3227 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 3228 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 3229 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 3230 } 3231 } 3232 } 3233 3234 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 3235 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 3236 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 3237 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 3238 return Result; 3239 } 3240 3241 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 3242 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 3243 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 3244 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 3245 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 3246 return; 3247 3248 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 3249 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 3250 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 3251 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 3252 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 3253 // behavior is undefined. 3254 // 3255 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 3256 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 3257 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 3258 return; 3259 3260 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 3261 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 3262 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 3263 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 3264 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3265 << ClassType; 3266 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 3267 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 3268 // but not necessarily wrong. 3269 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 3270 << ClassType; 3271 } 3272 if (!IsDelete) { 3273 std::string TypeStr; 3274 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 3275 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 3276 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 3277 } 3278 } 3279 3280 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, 3281 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3282 ConditionKind CK) { 3283 ExprResult E = 3284 CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK); 3285 if (E.isInvalid()) 3286 return ConditionError(); 3287 return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc), 3288 CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf); 3289 } 3290 3291 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 3292 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 3293 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3294 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3295 ConditionKind CK) { 3296 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 3297 return ExprError(); 3298 3299 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 3300 3301 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 3302 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 3303 if (T->isFunctionType()) 3304 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3305 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 3306 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3307 else if (T->isArrayType()) 3308 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3309 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 3310 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 3311 3312 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 3313 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 3314 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 3315 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 3316 3317 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 3318 3319 switch (CK) { 3320 case ConditionKind::Boolean: 3321 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3322 3323 case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf: 3324 return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true); 3325 3326 case ConditionKind::Switch: 3327 return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get()); 3328 } 3329 3330 llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind"); 3331 } 3332 3333 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3334 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) { 3335 // C++ 6.4p4: 3336 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3337 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3338 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3339 // program is ill-formed. 3340 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3341 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3342 // 3343 // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it. 3344 llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1); 3345 return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent()) 3346 ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value, 3347 CCEK_ConstexprIf) 3348 : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3349 } 3350 3351 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3352 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3353 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3354 /// respectively). 3355 bool 3356 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3357 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3358 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3359 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3360 3361 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3362 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3363 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3364 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3365 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3366 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3367 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3368 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3369 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3370 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3371 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3372 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3373 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3374 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3375 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3376 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3377 break; 3378 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3379 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3380 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3381 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3382 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3383 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3384 } 3385 } 3386 } 3387 3388 return false; 3389 } 3390 3391 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3392 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3393 QualType Ty, 3394 CastKind Kind, 3395 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3396 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3397 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3398 Expr *From) { 3399 switch (Kind) { 3400 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3401 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3402 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3403 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3404 3405 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3406 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3407 return ExprError(); 3408 3409 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3410 return ExprError(); 3411 3412 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl, 3413 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty)); 3414 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3415 return ExprError(); 3416 3417 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3418 CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3419 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3420 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3421 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3422 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3423 return ExprError(); 3424 3425 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3426 } 3427 3428 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3429 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3430 3431 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3432 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3433 return ExprError(); 3434 3435 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3436 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3437 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3438 HadMultipleCandidates); 3439 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3440 return ExprError(); 3441 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3442 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3443 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3444 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3445 3446 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3447 } 3448 } 3449 } 3450 3451 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3452 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3453 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3454 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3455 /// used in the error message. 3456 ExprResult 3457 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3458 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3459 AssignmentAction Action, 3460 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3461 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3462 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3463 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3464 Action, CCK); 3465 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3466 return ExprError(); 3467 From = Res.get(); 3468 break; 3469 } 3470 3471 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3472 3473 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3474 CastKind CastKind; 3475 QualType BeforeToType; 3476 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3477 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3478 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3479 3480 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3481 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3482 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3483 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3484 } else { 3485 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3486 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3487 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3488 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3489 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3490 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3491 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3492 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3493 } 3494 } 3495 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3496 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3497 ExprResult Res = 3498 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3499 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3500 CCK); 3501 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3502 return ExprError(); 3503 From = Res.get(); 3504 } 3505 3506 ExprResult CastArg 3507 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3508 From->getLocStart(), 3509 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3510 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3511 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3512 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3513 From); 3514 3515 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3516 return ExprError(); 3517 3518 From = CastArg.get(); 3519 3520 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3521 AA_Converting, CCK); 3522 } 3523 3524 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3525 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3526 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3527 << From->getSourceRange()); 3528 return ExprError(); 3529 3530 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3531 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3532 3533 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3534 bool Diagnosed = 3535 DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType, 3536 From->getType(), From, Action); 3537 assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed; 3538 return ExprError(); 3539 } 3540 3541 // Everything went well. 3542 return From; 3543 } 3544 3545 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3546 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3547 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3548 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3549 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3550 ExprResult 3551 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3552 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3553 AssignmentAction Action, 3554 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3555 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3556 3557 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3558 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3559 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3560 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3561 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3562 3563 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3564 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3565 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3566 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3567 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3568 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3569 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3570 ConstructorArgs)) 3571 return ExprError(); 3572 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3573 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3574 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3575 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3576 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3577 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3578 } 3579 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3580 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, 3581 SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3582 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3583 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3584 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3585 } 3586 3587 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3588 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3589 DeclAccessPair Found; 3590 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3591 true, Found); 3592 if (!Fn) 3593 return ExprError(); 3594 3595 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3596 return ExprError(); 3597 3598 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3599 FromType = From->getType(); 3600 } 3601 3602 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3603 // non-atomic type. 3604 QualType ToAtomicType; 3605 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3606 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3607 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3608 } 3609 3610 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3611 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3612 switch (SCS.First) { 3613 case ICK_Identity: 3614 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3615 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3616 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3617 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3618 } 3619 break; 3620 3621 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3622 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3623 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3624 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3625 From = FromRes.get(); 3626 FromType = From->getType(); 3627 break; 3628 } 3629 3630 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3631 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3632 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3633 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3634 break; 3635 3636 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3637 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3638 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3639 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3640 break; 3641 3642 default: 3643 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3644 } 3645 3646 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3647 switch (SCS.Second) { 3648 case ICK_Identity: 3649 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3650 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3651 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3652 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3653 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3654 switch (Action) { 3655 case AA_Assigning: 3656 case AA_Initializing: 3657 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3658 case AA_Passing: 3659 case AA_Returning: 3660 case AA_Sending: 3661 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3662 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3663 return ExprError(); 3664 break; 3665 3666 case AA_Casting: 3667 case AA_Converting: 3668 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3669 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3670 break; 3671 } 3672 // Nothing else to do. 3673 break; 3674 3675 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3676 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3677 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3678 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3679 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3680 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3681 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3682 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3683 } else { 3684 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3685 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3686 } 3687 break; 3688 3689 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3690 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3691 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3692 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3693 break; 3694 3695 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3696 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3697 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3698 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3699 CastKind CK; 3700 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3701 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3702 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3703 else 3704 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3705 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3706 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3707 } else { 3708 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3709 } 3710 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3711 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3712 break; 3713 } 3714 3715 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3716 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3717 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3718 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3719 else 3720 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3721 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3722 break; 3723 3724 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3725 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3726 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3727 break; 3728 3729 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3730 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3731 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3732 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3733 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3734 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3735 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3736 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3737 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3738 else 3739 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3740 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3741 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3742 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3743 3744 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3745 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3746 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3747 } 3748 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3749 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3750 From->getType())) { 3751 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3752 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3753 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3754 else 3755 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3756 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3757 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3758 << From->getSourceRange(); 3759 } 3760 3761 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3762 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3763 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3764 return ExprError(); 3765 3766 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3767 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3768 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3769 ExprResult E = From; 3770 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3771 From = E.get(); 3772 } 3773 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3774 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3775 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3776 .get(); 3777 break; 3778 } 3779 3780 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3781 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3782 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3783 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3784 return ExprError(); 3785 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3786 return ExprError(); 3787 3788 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3789 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3790 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3791 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3792 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3793 } 3794 3795 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3796 .get(); 3797 break; 3798 } 3799 3800 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3801 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3802 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3803 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3804 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3805 } 3806 3807 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3808 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3809 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3810 break; 3811 3812 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3813 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3814 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3815 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3816 From->getLocStart(), 3817 From->getSourceRange(), 3818 &BasePath, 3819 CStyle)) 3820 return ExprError(); 3821 3822 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3823 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3824 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3825 break; 3826 } 3827 3828 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3829 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3830 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3831 break; 3832 3833 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3834 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3835 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3836 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3837 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3838 break; 3839 } 3840 3841 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3842 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3843 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3844 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3845 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3846 3847 // x -> y 3848 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3849 // do nothing 3850 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3851 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3852 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3853 } else { 3854 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3855 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3856 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3857 } 3858 // y -> _Complex y 3859 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3860 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3861 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3862 3863 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3864 } else { 3865 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3866 assert(FromComplex); 3867 3868 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3869 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3870 3871 // _Complex x -> x 3872 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3873 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3874 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3875 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3876 3877 // x -> y 3878 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3879 // do nothing 3880 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3881 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3882 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3883 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3884 } else { 3885 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3886 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3887 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3888 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3889 } 3890 } 3891 break; 3892 3893 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3894 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3895 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3896 break; 3897 } 3898 3899 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3900 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3901 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3902 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3903 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3904 return ExprError(); 3905 From = FromRes.get(); 3906 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3907 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3908 (void)ConvTy; 3909 break; 3910 } 3911 3912 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3913 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3914 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3915 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3916 break; 3917 3918 case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion: 3919 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3920 CK_ZeroToOCLQueue, 3921 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3922 break; 3923 3924 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3925 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3926 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3927 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3928 case ICK_Qualification: 3929 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3930 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3931 case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion: 3932 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3933 } 3934 3935 switch (SCS.Third) { 3936 case ICK_Identity: 3937 // Nothing to do. 3938 break; 3939 3940 case ICK_Function_Conversion: 3941 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3942 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3943 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3944 return ExprError(); 3945 3946 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3947 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3948 break; 3949 3950 case ICK_Qualification: { 3951 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3952 // target type isn't a reference. 3953 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3954 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3955 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3956 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3957 3958 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3959 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3960 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3961 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3962 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3963 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3964 } 3965 3966 break; 3967 } 3968 3969 default: 3970 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3971 } 3972 3973 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3974 // that conversion now. 3975 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3976 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3977 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3978 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3979 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3980 } 3981 3982 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3983 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3984 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3985 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3986 From->getLocStart()); 3987 3988 return From; 3989 } 3990 3991 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3992 /// 3993 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3994 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3995 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3996 /// returns true. 3997 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3998 SourceLocation Loc, 3999 QualType ArgTy) { 4000 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4001 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 4002 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 4003 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 4004 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 4005 // must be a complete type. 4006 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 4007 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 4008 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 4009 switch (UTT) { 4010 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 4011 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 4012 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4013 // Fall-through 4014 4015 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 4016 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 4017 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 4018 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 4019 case UTT_IsVoid: 4020 case UTT_IsIntegral: 4021 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 4022 case UTT_IsArray: 4023 case UTT_IsPointer: 4024 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4025 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4026 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4027 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4028 case UTT_IsEnum: 4029 case UTT_IsUnion: 4030 case UTT_IsClass: 4031 case UTT_IsFunction: 4032 case UTT_IsReference: 4033 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4034 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4035 case UTT_IsObject: 4036 case UTT_IsScalar: 4037 case UTT_IsCompound: 4038 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4039 // Fall-through 4040 4041 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 4042 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 4043 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 4044 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 4045 // Table 49. 4046 case UTT_IsConst: 4047 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4048 case UTT_IsSigned: 4049 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4050 4051 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 4052 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4053 return true; 4054 4055 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4056 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 4057 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4058 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4059 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4060 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4061 if (!RD->isUnion()) 4062 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4063 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4064 return true; 4065 4066 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4067 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 4068 case UTT_IsFinal: 4069 case UTT_IsSealed: 4070 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4071 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4072 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4073 return true; 4074 4075 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 4076 // applied to a complete type. 4077 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4078 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4079 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4080 case UTT_IsPOD: 4081 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4082 4083 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4084 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4085 // Fall-through 4086 4087 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 4088 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 4089 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 4090 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 4091 // requiring the complete type. 4092 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4093 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4094 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4095 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4096 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4097 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4098 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4099 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4100 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4101 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4102 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4103 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 4104 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 4105 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4106 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 4107 4108 // The void type is expressly allowed. 4109 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 4110 return true; 4111 4112 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 4113 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 4114 } 4115 } 4116 4117 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 4118 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 4119 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 4120 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 4121 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 4122 { 4123 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 4124 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 4125 return true; 4126 4127 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 4128 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 4129 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 4130 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 4131 bool FoundOperator = false; 4132 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 4133 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 4134 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 4135 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 4136 continue; 4137 4138 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 4139 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 4140 FoundOperator = true; 4141 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4142 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4143 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4144 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4145 return false; 4146 } 4147 } 4148 return FoundOperator; 4149 } 4150 return false; 4151 } 4152 4153 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 4154 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 4155 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4156 4157 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 4158 switch(UTT) { 4159 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 4160 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 4161 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 4162 case UTT_IsVoid: 4163 return T->isVoidType(); 4164 case UTT_IsIntegral: 4165 return T->isIntegralType(C); 4166 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 4167 return T->isFloatingType(); 4168 case UTT_IsArray: 4169 return T->isArrayType(); 4170 case UTT_IsPointer: 4171 return T->isPointerType(); 4172 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 4173 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 4174 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 4175 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 4176 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 4177 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 4178 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 4179 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 4180 case UTT_IsEnum: 4181 return T->isEnumeralType(); 4182 case UTT_IsUnion: 4183 return T->isUnionType(); 4184 case UTT_IsClass: 4185 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 4186 case UTT_IsFunction: 4187 return T->isFunctionType(); 4188 4189 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 4190 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 4191 case UTT_IsReference: 4192 return T->isReferenceType(); 4193 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 4194 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 4195 case UTT_IsFundamental: 4196 return T->isFundamentalType(); 4197 case UTT_IsObject: 4198 return T->isObjectType(); 4199 case UTT_IsScalar: 4200 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 4201 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 4202 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 4203 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 4204 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 4205 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4206 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4207 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4208 return true; 4209 4210 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4211 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4212 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4213 return false; 4214 } 4215 } 4216 4217 return T->isScalarType(); 4218 case UTT_IsCompound: 4219 return T->isCompoundType(); 4220 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 4221 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 4222 4223 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 4224 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 4225 case UTT_IsConst: 4226 return T.isConstQualified(); 4227 case UTT_IsVolatile: 4228 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 4229 case UTT_IsTrivial: 4230 return T.isTrivialType(C); 4231 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 4232 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 4233 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 4234 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 4235 case UTT_IsPOD: 4236 return T.isPODType(C); 4237 case UTT_IsLiteral: 4238 return T->isLiteralType(C); 4239 case UTT_IsEmpty: 4240 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4241 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 4242 return false; 4243 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 4244 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4245 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 4246 return false; 4247 case UTT_IsAbstract: 4248 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4249 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 4250 return false; 4251 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 4252 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 4253 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 4254 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 4255 return false; 4256 case UTT_IsFinal: 4257 case UTT_IsSealed: 4258 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4259 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 4260 return false; 4261 case UTT_IsSigned: 4262 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 4263 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 4264 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4265 4266 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 4267 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 4268 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 4269 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 4270 // specifications. 4271 // 4272 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4273 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4274 // 4275 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 4276 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 4277 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 4278 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 4279 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 4280 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 4281 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 4282 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4283 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 4284 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 4285 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 4286 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4287 return true; 4288 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4289 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4290 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 4291 return false; 4292 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 4293 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4294 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4295 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 4296 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4297 return true; 4298 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4299 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 4300 return false; 4301 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 4302 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4303 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 4304 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 4305 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 4306 // is true, else it is false. 4307 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4308 return true; 4309 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4310 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4311 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 4312 return false; 4313 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 4314 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4315 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 4316 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 4317 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4318 return true; 4319 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4320 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 4321 return false; 4322 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 4323 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4324 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4325 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 4326 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 4327 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 4328 // true, else it is false. 4329 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 4330 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 4331 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 4332 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 4333 // [class.copy]p12). 4334 4335 if (T.isConstQualified()) 4336 return false; 4337 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4338 return true; 4339 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4340 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 4341 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 4342 return false; 4343 case UTT_IsDestructible: 4344 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 4345 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4346 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 4347 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4348 return true; 4349 4350 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4351 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4352 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4353 return true; 4354 4355 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4356 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4357 // false. 4358 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4359 return false; 4360 4361 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4362 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4363 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4364 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4365 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4366 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4367 if (!Destructor) 4368 return false; 4369 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4370 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4371 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4372 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4373 return false; 4374 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4375 return false; 4376 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4377 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4378 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4379 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4380 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4381 return false; 4382 } 4383 } 4384 return true; 4385 4386 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4387 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4388 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4389 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4390 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4391 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4392 // false. 4393 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4394 return true; 4395 4396 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4397 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4398 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4399 return true; 4400 4401 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4402 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4403 return false; 4404 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4405 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4406 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4407 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4408 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4409 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4410 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4411 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4412 // false. 4413 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4414 return false; 4415 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4416 return false; 4417 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4418 return true; 4419 4420 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4421 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4422 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4423 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4424 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4425 return false; 4426 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4427 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4428 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4429 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4430 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4431 return true; 4432 4433 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4434 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4435 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4436 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4437 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4438 return false; 4439 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4440 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4441 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4442 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4443 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4444 // false. 4445 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4446 return true; 4447 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4448 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4449 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4450 return true; 4451 4452 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4453 unsigned FoundTQs; 4454 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4455 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4456 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4457 // resolution point. 4458 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4459 continue; 4460 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4461 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4462 continue; 4463 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4464 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4465 FoundConstructor = true; 4466 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4467 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4468 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4469 if (!CPT) 4470 return false; 4471 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4472 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4473 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4474 return false; 4475 } 4476 } 4477 4478 return FoundConstructor; 4479 } 4480 return false; 4481 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4482 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4483 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4484 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4485 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4486 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4487 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4488 return true; 4489 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4490 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4491 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4492 return true; 4493 4494 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4495 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4496 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4497 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl())) 4498 continue; 4499 // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor 4500 if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND)) 4501 continue; 4502 auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()); 4503 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4504 FoundConstructor = true; 4505 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4506 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4507 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4508 if (!CPT) 4509 return false; 4510 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4511 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4512 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4513 return false; 4514 } 4515 } 4516 return FoundConstructor; 4517 } 4518 return false; 4519 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4520 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4521 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4522 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4523 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4524 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4525 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4526 return false; 4527 4528 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4529 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4530 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4531 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4532 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4533 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4534 // function call. 4535 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4536 } 4537 } 4538 4539 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4540 /// ARC mode. 4541 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4542 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4543 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4544 return false; 4545 4546 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4547 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4548 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4549 return true; 4550 4551 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4552 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4553 } 4554 4555 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4556 } 4557 4558 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4559 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4560 4561 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4562 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4563 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4564 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4565 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4566 4567 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4568 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4569 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4570 4571 switch (Kind) { 4572 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4573 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4574 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4575 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4576 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4577 // 4578 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4579 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4580 // no operation that is not trivial. 4581 // 4582 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4583 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4584 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4585 // variable t: 4586 // 4587 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4588 assert(!Args.empty()); 4589 4590 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4591 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4592 // unknown bound. 4593 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4594 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4595 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4596 continue; 4597 4598 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4599 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4600 return false; 4601 } 4602 4603 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4604 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4605 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4606 return false; 4607 4608 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4609 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4610 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4611 return false; 4612 4613 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4614 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4615 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4616 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4617 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4618 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4619 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4620 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4621 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4622 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4623 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4624 } 4625 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4626 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4627 4628 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4629 // trap at translation unit scope. 4630 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4631 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4632 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4633 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4634 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4635 RParenLoc)); 4636 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4637 if (Init.Failed()) 4638 return false; 4639 4640 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4641 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4642 return false; 4643 4644 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4645 return true; 4646 4647 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4648 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4649 4650 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4651 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4652 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4653 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4654 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4655 return false; 4656 4657 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4658 // calls. 4659 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4660 } 4661 4662 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4663 return false; 4664 } 4665 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4666 } 4667 4668 return false; 4669 } 4670 4671 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4672 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4673 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4674 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4675 4676 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4677 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4678 return ExprError(); 4679 4680 bool Dependent = false; 4681 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4682 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4683 Dependent = true; 4684 break; 4685 } 4686 } 4687 4688 bool Result = false; 4689 if (!Dependent) 4690 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4691 4692 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4693 RParenLoc, Result); 4694 } 4695 4696 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4697 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4698 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4699 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4700 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4701 4702 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4703 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4704 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4705 if (!TInfo) 4706 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4707 4708 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4709 } 4710 4711 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4712 } 4713 4714 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4715 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4716 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4717 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4718 4719 switch(BTT) { 4720 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4721 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4722 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4723 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4724 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4725 4726 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4727 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4728 4729 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4730 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4731 4732 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4733 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4734 4735 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4736 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4737 4738 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4739 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4740 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4741 // complete type. 4742 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4743 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4744 return false; 4745 4746 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4747 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4748 } 4749 case BTT_IsSame: 4750 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4751 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4752 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4753 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4754 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4755 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4756 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4757 // Given the following function prototype: 4758 // 4759 // template <class T> 4760 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4761 // 4762 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4763 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4764 // the return expression in the following code would be 4765 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4766 // type of the function: 4767 // 4768 // To test() { 4769 // return create<From>(); 4770 // } 4771 // 4772 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4773 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4774 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4775 // is considered. 4776 // 4777 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4778 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4779 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4780 4781 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4782 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4783 return false; 4784 4785 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4786 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4787 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4788 4789 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4790 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4791 return false; 4792 4793 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4794 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4795 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4796 4797 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4798 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4799 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4800 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4801 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4802 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4803 SourceLocation())); 4804 4805 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4806 // trap at translation unit scope. 4807 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4808 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4809 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4810 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4811 if (Init.Failed()) 4812 return false; 4813 4814 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4815 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4816 } 4817 4818 case BTT_IsAssignable: 4819 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4820 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4821 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4822 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4823 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4824 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4825 // 4826 // is_assignable is defined as: 4827 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4828 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4829 // 4830 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4831 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4832 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4833 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4834 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4835 return false; 4836 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4837 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4838 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4839 return false; 4840 4841 // cv void is never assignable. 4842 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4843 return false; 4844 4845 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4846 // declval<U>(). 4847 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4848 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4849 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4850 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4851 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4852 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4853 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4854 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4855 4856 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4857 // trap at translation unit scope. 4858 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4859 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4860 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4861 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4862 &Rhs); 4863 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4864 return false; 4865 4866 if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable) 4867 return true; 4868 4869 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4870 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4871 4872 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4873 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4874 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4875 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4876 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4877 return false; 4878 4879 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4880 } 4881 4882 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4883 return false; 4884 } 4885 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4886 } 4887 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4888 } 4889 4890 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4891 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4892 ParsedType Ty, 4893 Expr* DimExpr, 4894 SourceLocation RParen) { 4895 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4896 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4897 if (!TSInfo) 4898 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4899 4900 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4901 } 4902 4903 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4904 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4905 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4906 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4907 4908 switch(ATT) { 4909 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4910 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4911 unsigned Dim = 0; 4912 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4913 ++Dim; 4914 T = AT->getElementType(); 4915 } 4916 return Dim; 4917 } 4918 return 0; 4919 4920 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4921 llvm::APSInt Value; 4922 uint64_t Dim; 4923 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4924 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4925 false).isInvalid()) 4926 return 0; 4927 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4928 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4929 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4930 return 0; 4931 } 4932 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4933 4934 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4935 unsigned D = 0; 4936 bool Matched = false; 4937 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4938 if (Dim == D) { 4939 Matched = true; 4940 break; 4941 } 4942 ++D; 4943 T = AT->getElementType(); 4944 } 4945 4946 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4947 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4948 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4949 } 4950 } 4951 return 0; 4952 } 4953 } 4954 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4955 } 4956 4957 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4958 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4959 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4960 Expr* DimExpr, 4961 SourceLocation RParen) { 4962 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4963 4964 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4965 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4966 uint64_t Value = 0; 4967 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4968 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4969 4970 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4971 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4972 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4973 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4974 // important distinction. 4975 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4976 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4977 } 4978 4979 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4980 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4981 Expr *Queried, 4982 SourceLocation RParen) { 4983 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4984 if (!Queried) 4985 return ExprError(); 4986 4987 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4988 4989 return Result; 4990 } 4991 4992 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4993 switch (ET) { 4994 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4995 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4996 } 4997 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4998 } 4999 5000 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 5001 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5002 Expr *Queried, 5003 SourceLocation RParen) { 5004 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 5005 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 5006 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 5007 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 5008 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5009 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 5010 } 5011 5012 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 5013 5014 return new (Context) 5015 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 5016 } 5017 5018 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5019 ExprValueKind &VK, 5020 SourceLocation Loc, 5021 bool isIndirect) { 5022 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 5023 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 5024 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 5025 5026 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the 5027 // temporary materialization conversion otherwise. 5028 if (isIndirect) 5029 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5030 else if (LHS.get()->isRValue()) 5031 LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get()); 5032 if (LHS.isInvalid()) 5033 return QualType(); 5034 5035 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 5036 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5037 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 5038 5039 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 5040 // C++ 5.5p2 5041 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 5042 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 5043 // class type) [...] 5044 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 5045 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 5046 if (!MemPtr) { 5047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 5048 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5049 return QualType(); 5050 } 5051 5052 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 5053 5054 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 5055 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 5056 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 5057 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 5058 // likely to be considered a defect. 5059 5060 // C++ 5.5p2 5061 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 5062 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 5063 // such a class] 5064 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 5065 if (isIndirect) { 5066 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5067 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5068 else { 5069 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 5070 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 5071 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 5072 return QualType(); 5073 } 5074 } 5075 5076 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 5077 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 5078 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 5079 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 5080 return QualType(); 5081 } 5082 5083 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 5084 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 5085 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 5086 return QualType(); 5087 } 5088 5089 CXXCastPath BasePath; 5090 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 5091 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 5092 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 5093 &BasePath)) 5094 return QualType(); 5095 5096 // Cast LHS to type of use. 5097 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 5098 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5099 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 5100 &BasePath); 5101 } 5102 5103 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 5104 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 5105 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 5106 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 5107 return QualType(); 5108 } 5109 5110 // C++ 5.5p2 5111 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 5112 // second operand. 5113 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 5114 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 5115 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5116 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 5117 5118 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5119 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 5120 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 5121 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 5122 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 5123 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 5124 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5125 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 5126 case RQ_None: 5127 // Do nothing 5128 break; 5129 5130 case RQ_LValue: 5131 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 5132 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5133 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5134 break; 5135 5136 case RQ_RValue: 5137 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 5138 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 5139 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5140 break; 5141 } 5142 } 5143 5144 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 5145 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 5146 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 5147 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 5148 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 5149 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 5150 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 5151 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 5152 VK = VK_RValue; 5153 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 5154 } else if (isIndirect) { 5155 VK = VK_LValue; 5156 } else { 5157 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5158 } 5159 5160 return Result; 5161 } 5162 5163 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 5164 /// 5165 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5166 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 5167 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 5168 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 5169 /// as such. 5170 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 5171 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 5172 bool &HaveConversion, 5173 QualType &ToType) { 5174 HaveConversion = false; 5175 ToType = To->getType(); 5176 5177 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 5178 SourceLocation()); 5179 // C++11 5.16p3 5180 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 5181 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 5182 // as follows: 5183 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5184 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 5185 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 5186 // an lvalue. 5187 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5188 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 5189 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 5190 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 5191 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 5192 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 5193 5194 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5195 5196 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5197 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 5198 ToType = T; 5199 HaveConversion = true; 5200 return false; 5201 } 5202 5203 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5204 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5205 } 5206 5207 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 5208 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 5209 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 5210 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 5211 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 5212 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5213 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 5214 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 5215 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 5216 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 5217 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 5218 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 5219 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 5220 // [cv2 > cv1]. 5221 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 5222 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 5223 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5224 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5225 if (InitSeq) { 5226 HaveConversion = true; 5227 return false; 5228 } 5229 5230 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5231 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5232 } 5233 } 5234 5235 return false; 5236 } 5237 5238 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 5239 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 5240 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 5241 // an rvalue). 5242 // 5243 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 5244 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 5245 TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context); 5246 5247 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 5248 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5249 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 5250 ToType = TTy; 5251 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 5252 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 5253 5254 return false; 5255 } 5256 5257 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 5258 /// 5259 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 5260 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 5261 /// conversion to a common type. 5262 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 5263 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5264 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 5265 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 5266 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 5267 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 5268 CandidateSet); 5269 5270 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 5271 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 5272 case OR_Success: { 5273 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 5274 ExprResult LHSRes = 5275 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 5276 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 5277 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 5278 break; 5279 LHS = LHSRes; 5280 5281 ExprResult RHSRes = 5282 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 5283 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 5284 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 5285 break; 5286 RHS = RHSRes; 5287 if (Best->Function) 5288 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 5289 return false; 5290 } 5291 5292 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 5293 5294 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 5295 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 5296 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 5297 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5298 return true; 5299 5300 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5301 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5302 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5303 return true; 5304 5305 case OR_Ambiguous: 5306 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 5307 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5308 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5309 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 5310 // the viable candidates. 5311 break; 5312 5313 case OR_Deleted: 5314 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 5315 } 5316 return true; 5317 } 5318 5319 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 5320 /// TryClassUnification. 5321 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 5322 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 5323 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 5324 SourceLocation()); 5325 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 5326 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5327 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 5328 if (Result.isInvalid()) 5329 return true; 5330 5331 E = Result; 5332 return false; 5333 } 5334 5335 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 5336 /// 5337 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 5338 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 5339 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 5340 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 5341 ExprObjectKind &OK, 5342 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 5343 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 5344 // interface pointers. 5345 5346 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 5347 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 5348 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 5349 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 5350 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 5351 return QualType(); 5352 Cond = CondRes; 5353 } 5354 5355 // Assume r-value. 5356 VK = VK_RValue; 5357 OK = OK_Ordinary; 5358 5359 // Either of the arguments dependent? 5360 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 5361 return Context.DependentTy; 5362 5363 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5364 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5365 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5366 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5367 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5368 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5369 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5370 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5371 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5372 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5373 // and value category of the other. 5374 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5375 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5376 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5377 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5378 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5379 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5380 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5381 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5382 return NonThrow->getType(); 5383 } 5384 5385 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5386 // type void and is a prvalue. 5387 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5388 return Context.VoidTy; 5389 5390 // Neither holds, error. 5391 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5392 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5393 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5394 return QualType(); 5395 } 5396 5397 // Neither is void. 5398 5399 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5400 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5401 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5402 // those operands to the type of the other. 5403 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5404 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5405 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5406 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5407 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5408 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5409 return QualType(); 5410 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5411 return QualType(); 5412 5413 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5414 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5415 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5416 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5417 return QualType(); 5418 } 5419 5420 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5421 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5422 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5423 if (HaveL2R) { 5424 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5425 return QualType(); 5426 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5427 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5428 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5429 return QualType(); 5430 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5431 } 5432 } 5433 5434 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5435 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5436 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5437 // operands to the type of the other. 5438 // FIXME: 5439 // Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where 5440 // one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order 5441 // to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept. 5442 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5443 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5444 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5445 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5446 // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above. 5447 // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here? 5448 bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion; 5449 if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5450 QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase, 5451 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5452 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5453 // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind 5454 // directly [...] 5455 !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5456 !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5457 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5458 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5459 } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship( 5460 QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase, 5461 ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible && 5462 !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion && 5463 !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() && 5464 !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) { 5465 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5466 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5467 } 5468 } 5469 5470 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5471 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5472 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5473 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5474 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5475 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5476 // l-values. 5477 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5478 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5479 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5480 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5481 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5482 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5483 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5484 OK = OK_BitField; 5485 5486 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5487 // exception specifications, if any. 5488 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5489 Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers(); 5490 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5491 /*ConvertArgs*/false); 5492 LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs); 5493 5494 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5495 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5496 assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type"); 5497 } 5498 5499 return LTy; 5500 } 5501 5502 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5503 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5504 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5505 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5506 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5507 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5508 // program is ill-formed. 5509 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5510 return QualType(); 5511 } 5512 5513 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5514 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5515 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5516 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5517 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5518 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5519 return QualType(); 5520 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5521 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5522 5523 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5524 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5525 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5526 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5527 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5528 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5529 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5530 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5531 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5532 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5533 5534 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5535 SourceLocation(), 5536 LHS); 5537 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5538 return QualType(); 5539 5540 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5541 SourceLocation(), 5542 RHS); 5543 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5544 return QualType(); 5545 5546 LHS = LHSCopy; 5547 RHS = RHSCopy; 5548 } 5549 5550 // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their 5551 // exception specifications, if any. 5552 if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) { 5553 LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5554 assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for " 5555 "canonically equivalent function ptr types"); 5556 } 5557 5558 return LTy; 5559 } 5560 5561 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5562 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5563 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5564 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5565 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5566 5567 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5568 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5569 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5570 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5571 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5572 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5573 return QualType(); 5574 if (ResTy.isNull()) { 5575 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5576 diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy 5577 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5578 return QualType(); 5579 } 5580 5581 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5582 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5583 5584 return ResTy; 5585 } 5586 5587 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5588 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5589 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5590 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5591 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5592 // pointer type. 5593 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5594 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5595 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5596 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5597 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5598 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5599 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS); 5600 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5601 return Composite; 5602 5603 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5604 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5605 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5606 return Composite; 5607 5608 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5609 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5610 return QualType(); 5611 5612 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5613 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5614 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5615 return QualType(); 5616 } 5617 5618 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo 5619 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1, 5620 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2, 5621 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) { 5622 ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type; 5623 ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type; 5624 5625 // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result. 5626 if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1; 5627 if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2; 5628 if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1; 5629 if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2; 5630 5631 // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other. 5632 if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2; 5633 if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1; 5634 if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2; 5635 if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1; 5636 5637 // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that 5638 // determines the result. 5639 if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr && 5640 !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5641 return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1; 5642 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr && 5643 !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent()) 5644 return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2; 5645 // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're 5646 // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely, 5647 // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never 5648 // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite 5649 // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen. 5650 if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 5651 assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z && 5652 "computing composite pointer type of dependent types"); 5653 return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo(); 5654 } 5655 5656 // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to 5657 // update this function. 5658 switch (EST1) { 5659 case EST_None: 5660 case EST_DynamicNone: 5661 case EST_MSAny: 5662 case EST_BasicNoexcept: 5663 case EST_ComputedNoexcept: 5664 llvm_unreachable("handled above"); 5665 5666 case EST_Dynamic: { 5667 // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form 5668 // the union of the two lists. 5669 assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled"); 5670 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found; 5671 for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions}) 5672 for (QualType E : Exceptions) 5673 if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second) 5674 ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E); 5675 5676 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic); 5677 Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage; 5678 return Result; 5679 } 5680 5681 case EST_Unevaluated: 5682 case EST_Uninstantiated: 5683 case EST_Unparsed: 5684 llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here"); 5685 } 5686 5687 llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType"); 5688 } 5689 5690 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5691 /// 5692 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5693 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this 5694 /// type and returns it. 5695 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5696 /// 5697 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5698 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5699 /// 5700 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type. 5701 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5702 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5703 bool ConvertArgs) { 5704 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5705 5706 // C++1z [expr]p14: 5707 // The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1 5708 // and T2 5709 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5710 5711 // where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or 5712 // std::nullptr_t is: 5713 bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() || 5714 T1->isNullPtrType(); 5715 bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() || 5716 T2->isNullPtrType(); 5717 if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike) 5718 return QualType(); 5719 5720 // - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t; 5721 // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this 5722 // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case. 5723 // 5724 // - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively; 5725 if (T1IsPointerLike && 5726 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5727 if (ConvertArgs) 5728 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType() 5729 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5730 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5731 return T1; 5732 } 5733 if (T2IsPointerLike && 5734 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5735 if (ConvertArgs) 5736 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType() 5737 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer 5738 : CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5739 return T2; 5740 } 5741 5742 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5743 if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike) 5744 return QualType(); 5745 assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() && 5746 "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant"); 5747 5748 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is 5749 // "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is 5750 // the union of cv1 and cv2; 5751 // - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is 5752 // "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same, 5753 // "pointer to function"; 5754 // FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept 5755 // from a pointer to member function. As a Clang extension, we also 5756 // permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to; 5757 // - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or 5758 // "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified 5759 // by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied 5760 // before checking the following rules. 5761 // - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1 5762 // is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), 5763 // the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1, 5764 // respectively; 5765 // - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer 5766 // to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or 5767 // C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and 5768 // T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively; 5769 // - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and 5770 // T2; 5771 // 5772 // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing. 5773 // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try 5774 // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two 5775 // composite types are the same, we have succeeded. 5776 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5777 // 5778 // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer 5779 // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final 5780 // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally 5781 // exists. 5782 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion; 5783 SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass; 5784 QualType Composite1 = T1; 5785 QualType Composite2 = T2; 5786 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5787 while (true) { 5788 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5789 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5790 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5791 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5792 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5793 5794 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5795 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5796 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5797 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5798 5799 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5800 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5801 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5802 continue; 5803 } 5804 5805 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5806 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5807 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5808 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5809 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5810 5811 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5812 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5813 if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5814 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5815 5816 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5817 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5818 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5819 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5820 continue; 5821 } 5822 5823 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5824 5825 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5826 break; 5827 } 5828 5829 // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already 5830 // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than 5831 // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling 5832 // IsFunctionConversion. 5833 // 5834 // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we 5835 // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would 5836 // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on 5837 // the side(s) where we changed anything. 5838 if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) { 5839 if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5840 if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5841 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo(); 5842 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo(); 5843 5844 // The result is noreturn if both operands are. 5845 bool Noreturn = 5846 EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn(); 5847 EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5848 EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn); 5849 5850 // The result is nothrow if both operands are. 5851 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage; 5852 EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec = 5853 mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec, 5854 ExceptionTypeStorage); 5855 5856 Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(), 5857 FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1); 5858 Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(), 5859 FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2); 5860 } 5861 } 5862 } 5863 5864 if (NeedConstBefore) { 5865 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5866 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5867 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5868 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) 5869 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) 5870 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5871 } 5872 5873 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5874 auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5875 for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) { 5876 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR); 5877 auto Classes = *MOC++; 5878 if (Classes.first && Classes.second) { 5879 // Rebuild member pointer type 5880 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5881 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first); 5882 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5883 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second); 5884 } else { 5885 // Rebuild pointer type 5886 Composite1 = 5887 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5888 Composite2 = 5889 Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5890 } 5891 } 5892 5893 struct Conversion { 5894 Sema &S; 5895 Expr *&E1, *&E2; 5896 QualType Composite; 5897 InitializedEntity Entity; 5898 InitializationKind Kind; 5899 InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC; 5900 bool Viable; 5901 5902 Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5903 QualType Composite) 5904 : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite), 5905 Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)), 5906 Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())), 5907 E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2), 5908 Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {} 5909 5910 bool perform() { 5911 ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1); 5912 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5913 return true; 5914 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5915 5916 ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2); 5917 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5918 return true; 5919 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5920 5921 return false; 5922 } 5923 }; 5924 5925 // Try to convert to each composite pointer type. 5926 Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1); 5927 if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5928 if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform()) 5929 return QualType(); 5930 return C1.Composite; 5931 } 5932 Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2); 5933 5934 if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) { 5935 // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or 5936 // neither is viable. 5937 // FIXME: How both be viable and different? 5938 return QualType(); 5939 } 5940 5941 // Convert to the chosen type. 5942 if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform()) 5943 return QualType(); 5944 5945 return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite; 5946 } 5947 5948 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5949 if (!E) 5950 return ExprError(); 5951 5952 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5953 5954 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5955 if (!E->isRValue()) 5956 return E; 5957 5958 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5959 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5960 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5961 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5962 5963 bool ReturnsRetained; 5964 5965 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5966 // called value. 5967 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5968 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5969 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5970 5971 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5972 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5973 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5974 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5975 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5976 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5977 } 5978 5979 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5980 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5981 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5982 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5983 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5984 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5985 5986 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5987 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5988 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5989 5990 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5991 // type always produce a +1 object. 5992 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5993 ReturnsRetained = true; 5994 5995 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5996 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5997 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5998 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5999 return E; 6000 6001 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 6002 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 6003 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 6004 } else { 6005 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 6006 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 6007 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 6008 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 6009 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 6010 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 6011 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 6012 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 6013 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 6014 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 6015 } 6016 6017 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 6018 6019 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 6020 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 6021 // return an object. 6022 if (!ReturnsRetained && 6023 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 6024 return E; 6025 } 6026 6027 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 6028 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 6029 return E; 6030 6031 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6032 6033 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 6034 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 6035 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 6036 VK_RValue); 6037 } 6038 6039 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6040 return E; 6041 6042 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 6043 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 6044 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 6045 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 6046 while (!RT) { 6047 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 6048 case Type::Record: 6049 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 6050 break; 6051 case Type::ConstantArray: 6052 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6053 case Type::VariableArray: 6054 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 6055 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 6056 break; 6057 default: 6058 return E; 6059 } 6060 } 6061 6062 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 6063 // not processing a decltype expression. 6064 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6065 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 6066 return E; 6067 6068 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 6069 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 6070 6071 if (Destructor) { 6072 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6073 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6074 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6075 << E->getType()); 6076 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 6077 return ExprError(); 6078 6079 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 6080 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 6081 return E; 6082 6083 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6084 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6085 } 6086 6087 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 6088 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 6089 6090 if (IsDecltype) 6091 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 6092 6093 return Bind; 6094 } 6095 6096 ExprResult 6097 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 6098 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6099 return ExprError(); 6100 6101 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 6102 } 6103 6104 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 6105 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 6106 6107 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6108 6109 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 6110 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 6111 assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() || 6112 ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 6113 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6114 return SubExpr; 6115 6116 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 6117 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 6118 6119 auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create( 6120 Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups); 6121 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 6122 6123 return E; 6124 } 6125 6126 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 6127 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 6128 6129 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 6130 6131 if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups()) 6132 return SubStmt; 6133 6134 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 6135 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 6136 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 6137 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 6138 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 6139 SourceLocation(), 6140 SourceLocation()); 6141 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 6142 SourceLocation()); 6143 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 6144 } 6145 6146 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 6147 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 6148 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 6149 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 6150 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 6151 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 6152 6153 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 6154 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 6155 // -- if the function call is either 6156 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 6157 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 6158 // decltype-specifier, 6159 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 6160 6161 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 6162 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 6163 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 6164 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 6165 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 6166 return ExprError(); 6167 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 6168 return E; 6169 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 6170 } 6171 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6172 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 6173 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 6174 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 6175 return ExprError(); 6176 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 6177 return E; 6178 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 6179 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 6180 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 6181 } 6182 } 6183 6184 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 6185 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 6186 : nullptr; 6187 if (TopCall) 6188 E = TopCall; 6189 else 6190 TopBind = nullptr; 6191 6192 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 6193 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 6194 6195 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 6196 // decltype expression. 6197 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 6198 return E; 6199 6200 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 6201 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 6202 I != N; ++I) { 6203 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 6204 if (Call == TopCall) 6205 continue; 6206 6207 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 6208 Call->getLocStart(), 6209 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 6210 return ExprError(); 6211 } 6212 6213 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 6214 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 6215 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 6216 I != N; ++I) { 6217 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 6218 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 6219 if (Bind == TopBind) 6220 continue; 6221 6222 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 6223 6224 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 6225 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6226 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 6227 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 6228 6229 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 6230 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 6231 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 6232 << Bind->getType()); 6233 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 6234 return ExprError(); 6235 6236 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 6237 Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true); 6238 } 6239 6240 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 6241 return E; 6242 } 6243 6244 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 6245 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 6246 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 6247 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 6248 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 6249 unsigned Limit = 9; 6250 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 6251 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 6252 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 6253 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 6254 } 6255 6256 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 6257 if (I == SkipStart) { 6258 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 6259 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 6260 << SkipCount; 6261 I += SkipCount; 6262 } else { 6263 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 6264 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 6265 ++I; 6266 } 6267 } 6268 } 6269 6270 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6271 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6272 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6273 ParsedType &ObjectType, 6274 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 6275 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 6276 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 6277 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6278 Base = Result.get(); 6279 6280 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6281 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 6282 Base = Result.get(); 6283 6284 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 6285 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 6286 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 6287 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 6288 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 6289 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 6290 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 6291 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 6292 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6293 6294 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6295 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6296 return Base; 6297 } 6298 6299 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 6300 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 6301 // returned, with the original second operand. 6302 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6303 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 6304 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 6305 bool FirstIteration = true; 6306 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 6307 // The set of types we've considered so far. 6308 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 6309 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 6310 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 6311 6312 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6313 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 6314 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 6315 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 6316 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6317 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 6318 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 6319 return ExprError(); 6320 } 6321 6322 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 6323 S, Base, OpLoc, 6324 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 6325 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 6326 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 6327 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 6328 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6329 ? nullptr 6330 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 6331 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6332 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 6333 if (FirstIteration) { 6334 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6335 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 6336 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6337 OpKind = tok::period; 6338 break; 6339 } 6340 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 6341 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6342 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 6343 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 6344 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 6345 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 6346 } 6347 } 6348 return ExprError(); 6349 } 6350 Base = Result.get(); 6351 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 6352 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 6353 BaseType = Base->getType(); 6354 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 6355 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 6356 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 6357 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 6358 return ExprError(); 6359 } 6360 FirstIteration = false; 6361 } 6362 6363 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 6364 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 6365 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6366 } 6367 6368 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 6369 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 6370 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6371 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 6372 6373 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6374 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 6375 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 6376 // postfix-expression. 6377 // 6378 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 6379 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 6380 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 6381 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 6382 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 6383 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 6384 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 6385 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6386 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6387 return Base; 6388 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 6389 ObjectType = nullptr; 6390 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 6391 return Base; 6392 } 6393 6394 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 6395 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 6396 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 6397 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 6398 // the member function body. 6399 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 6400 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 6401 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 6402 return ExprError(); 6403 6404 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 6405 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 6406 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 6407 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 6408 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 6409 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 6410 return Base; 6411 } 6412 6413 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 6414 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 6415 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6416 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 6417 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 6418 Base = result.get(); 6419 } 6420 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 6421 6422 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6423 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 6424 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 6425 // This scalar type is the object type. 6426 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 6427 // arrow operator. 6428 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 6429 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 6430 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 6431 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 6432 // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it. 6433 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6434 << ObjectType << true 6435 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 6436 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 6437 return true; 6438 6439 OpKind = tok::period; 6440 } 6441 } 6442 6443 return false; 6444 } 6445 6446 /// \brief Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on 6447 /// pointer objects. 6448 static bool 6449 canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef, 6450 QualType DestructedType) { 6451 // If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable. 6452 if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 6453 if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD)) 6454 return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 6455 return false; 6456 } 6457 6458 // Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor. 6459 return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() || 6460 DestructedType->isVectorType(); 6461 } 6462 6463 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 6464 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6465 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6466 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6467 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 6468 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6469 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6470 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 6471 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 6472 6473 QualType ObjectType; 6474 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6475 return ExprError(); 6476 6477 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 6478 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 6479 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 6480 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 6481 else { 6482 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 6483 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 6484 return ExprError(); 6485 } 6486 } 6487 6488 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6489 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 6490 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 6491 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 6492 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 6493 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 6494 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 6495 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 6496 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 6497 // Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.: 6498 // Foo *foo; 6499 // foo.~Foo(); 6500 if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() && 6501 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, 6502 ObjectType->getPointeeType())) { 6503 auto Diagnostic = 6504 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 6505 << ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange(); 6506 6507 // Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid. 6508 if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects( 6509 *this, DestructedType)) 6510 Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->"); 6511 6512 // Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the 6513 // operator to '->'. 6514 ObjectType = DestructedType; 6515 OpKind = tok::arrow; 6516 } else { 6517 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6518 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6519 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6520 6521 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6522 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6523 DestructedTypeInfo = 6524 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart); 6525 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6526 } 6527 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 6528 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 6529 6530 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6531 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6532 // type. 6533 } else { 6534 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6535 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6536 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6537 } 6538 6539 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6540 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6541 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6542 DestructedTypeStart); 6543 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6544 } 6545 } 6546 } 6547 6548 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6549 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6550 // form 6551 // 6552 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6553 // 6554 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6555 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6556 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6557 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6558 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6559 6560 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6561 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6562 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6563 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6564 6565 ScopeType = QualType(); 6566 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6567 } 6568 } 6569 6570 Expr *Result 6571 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6572 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6573 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6574 ScopeTypeInfo, 6575 CCLoc, 6576 TildeLoc, 6577 Destructed); 6578 6579 return Result; 6580 } 6581 6582 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6583 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6584 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6585 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6586 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6587 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6588 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6589 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6590 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6591 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6592 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6593 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6594 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6595 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6596 6597 QualType ObjectType; 6598 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6599 return ExprError(); 6600 6601 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6602 // record types and dependent types matter. 6603 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6604 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6605 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6606 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6607 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6608 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6609 } 6610 6611 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6612 // type (with source-location information). 6613 QualType DestructedType; 6614 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6615 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6616 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6617 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6618 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6619 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup, 6620 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6621 if (!T && 6622 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6623 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6624 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6625 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6626 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6627 // template instantiation time. 6628 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6629 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6630 } else if (!T) { 6631 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6632 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6633 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6634 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6635 return ExprError(); 6636 6637 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6638 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6639 } else 6640 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6641 } else { 6642 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6643 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6644 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6645 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6646 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6647 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6648 TemplateId->Template, 6649 TemplateId->Name, 6650 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6651 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6652 TemplateArgsPtr, 6653 TemplateId->RAngleLoc, 6654 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6655 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6656 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6657 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6658 } else 6659 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6660 } 6661 6662 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6663 // information. 6664 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6665 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6666 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6667 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6668 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6669 } 6670 6671 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6672 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6673 QualType ScopeType; 6674 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6675 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6676 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6677 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6678 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6679 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup, 6680 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6681 if (!T) { 6682 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6683 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6684 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6685 6686 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6687 return ExprError(); 6688 6689 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6690 ScopeType = QualType(); 6691 } else 6692 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6693 } else { 6694 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6695 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6696 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6697 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6698 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6699 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6700 TemplateId->Template, 6701 TemplateId->Name, 6702 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6703 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6704 TemplateArgsPtr, 6705 TemplateId->RAngleLoc, 6706 /*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true); 6707 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6708 // Recover by dropping this type. 6709 ScopeType = QualType(); 6710 } else 6711 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6712 } 6713 } 6714 6715 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6716 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6717 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6718 6719 6720 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6721 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6722 Destructed); 6723 } 6724 6725 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6726 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6727 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6728 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6729 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6730 QualType ObjectType; 6731 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6732 return ExprError(); 6733 6734 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6735 false); 6736 6737 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6738 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6739 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6740 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6741 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6742 6743 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6744 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6745 Destructed); 6746 } 6747 6748 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6749 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6750 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6751 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6752 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6753 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6754 // is a LambdaExpr. 6755 Expr *SubE = E; 6756 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6757 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6758 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6759 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6760 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6761 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6762 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6763 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6764 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6765 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6766 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6767 // autoreleased. 6768 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6769 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated); 6770 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6771 E->getExprLoc(), 6772 Method, E); 6773 PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 6774 6775 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6776 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6777 return Exp; 6778 } 6779 } 6780 6781 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6782 FoundDecl, Method); 6783 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6784 return true; 6785 6786 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6787 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6788 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6789 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6790 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6791 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6792 6793 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6794 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6795 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6796 6797 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6798 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6799 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6800 6801 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE, 6802 Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>())) 6803 return ExprError(); 6804 6805 return CE; 6806 } 6807 6808 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6809 SourceLocation RParen) { 6810 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6811 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6812 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6813 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6814 if (R.isInvalid()) 6815 return R; 6816 6817 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6818 Operand = R.get(); 6819 6820 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6821 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6822 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6823 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6824 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6825 } 6826 6827 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6828 return new (Context) 6829 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6830 } 6831 6832 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6833 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6834 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6835 } 6836 6837 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6838 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6839 // according to [expr]p10: 6840 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6841 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6842 // one of the following forms: 6843 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6844 6845 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6846 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6847 return true; 6848 6849 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6850 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6851 return true; 6852 6853 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6854 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6855 return true; 6856 6857 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6858 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6859 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6860 return true; 6861 6862 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6863 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6864 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6865 return true; 6866 6867 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6868 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6869 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6870 } 6871 6872 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6873 // operands are one of the above, or 6874 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6875 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6876 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6877 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6878 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6879 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6880 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6881 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6882 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6883 } 6884 6885 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6886 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6887 return true; 6888 6889 return false; 6890 } 6891 6892 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6893 /// context that ignores the result. 6894 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6895 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6896 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6897 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6898 E = result.get(); 6899 } 6900 6901 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6902 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6903 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6904 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6905 if (E->isRValue()) { 6906 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6907 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6908 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6909 // some clients. 6910 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6911 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6912 6913 return E; 6914 } 6915 6916 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6917 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6918 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6919 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6920 // conversion. 6921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6922 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6923 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6924 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6925 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6926 return E; 6927 E = Res.get(); 6928 } 6929 6930 // C++1z: 6931 // If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the 6932 // temporary materialization conversion is applied. 6933 // 6934 // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for 6935 // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is 6936 // just clutter. 6937 // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this. 6938 // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this? 6939 return E; 6940 } 6941 6942 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6943 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6944 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6945 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6946 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6947 return E; 6948 } 6949 } 6950 6951 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6952 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6953 return E; 6954 E = Res.get(); 6955 6956 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6957 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6958 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6959 return E; 6960 } 6961 6962 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6963 // in a constant expression, return true. 6964 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6965 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6966 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6967 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6968 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6969 // never be a constant expression. 6970 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6971 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6972 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6973 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6974 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6975 ASTContext &Context) { 6976 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6977 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6978 6979 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6980 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6981 assert(DefVD); 6982 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6983 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6984 6985 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6986 6987 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6988 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6989 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6990 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6991 return false; 6992 } 6993 6994 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6995 } 6996 6997 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6998 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6999 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 7000 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 7001 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 7002 /// need to be captured. 7003 7004 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 7005 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 7006 7007 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 7008 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 7009 #ifndef NDEBUG 7010 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 7011 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 7012 DC = DC->getParent(); 7013 assert( 7014 CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC && 7015 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 7016 #endif // NDEBUG 7017 7018 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 7019 7020 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 7021 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 7022 7023 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 7024 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 7025 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 7026 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 7027 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 7028 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 7029 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 7030 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 7031 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 7032 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 7033 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 7034 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 7035 // For e.g.: 7036 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 7037 // int test() { 7038 // const int x = 10; 7039 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7040 // (void) +x + a; 7041 // }; 7042 // } 7043 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 7044 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 7045 continue; 7046 7047 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 7048 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 7049 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 7050 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 7051 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 7052 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 7053 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 7054 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 7055 } 7056 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 7057 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 7058 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 7059 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 7060 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 7061 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 7062 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 7063 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 7064 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 7065 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 7066 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 7067 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 7068 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 7069 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 7070 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 7071 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 7072 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 7073 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 7074 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 7075 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 7076 DeclRefType, nullptr); 7077 } 7078 } 7079 } 7080 7081 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 7082 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 7083 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 7084 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 7085 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 7086 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 7087 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 7088 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 7089 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 7090 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 7091 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 7092 } 7093 } 7094 7095 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 7096 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 7097 } 7098 7099 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 7100 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 7101 const TypoCorrection &TC) { 7102 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 7103 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 7104 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 7105 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 7106 7107 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 7108 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7109 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 7110 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 7111 NewSS = *SS; 7112 7113 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 7114 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 7115 R.addDecl(ND); 7116 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 7117 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 7118 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 7119 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 7120 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 7121 if (!Record) 7122 Record = 7123 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 7124 if (Record) 7125 R.setNamingClass(Record); 7126 7127 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 7128 // member. 7129 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 7130 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 7131 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7132 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 7133 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7134 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 7135 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 7136 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 7137 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 7138 else 7139 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 7140 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 7141 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 7142 7143 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 7144 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 7145 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 7146 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 7147 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 7148 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 7149 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 7150 } 7151 } 7152 7153 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 7154 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 7155 } 7156 7157 namespace { 7158 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 7159 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 7160 7161 public: 7162 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 7163 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 7164 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 7165 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 7166 return true; 7167 } 7168 }; 7169 7170 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 7171 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 7172 7173 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 7174 // process of being initialized. 7175 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 7176 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 7177 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 7178 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 7179 7180 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 7181 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 7182 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 7183 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 7184 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 7185 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 7186 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 7187 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7188 if (State.DiagHandler) { 7189 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 7190 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 7191 7192 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 7193 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 7194 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 7195 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 7196 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 7197 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 7198 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 7199 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 7200 7201 State.DiagHandler(TC); 7202 } 7203 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 7204 } 7205 } 7206 7207 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 7208 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 7209 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 7210 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 7211 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 7212 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 7213 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 7214 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 7215 /// of corrections. 7216 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 7217 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 7218 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7219 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7220 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 7221 return true; 7222 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7223 } 7224 return false; 7225 } 7226 7227 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 7228 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 7229 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 7230 7231 if (!E) 7232 return nullptr; 7233 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 7234 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 7235 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 7236 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 7237 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 7238 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 7239 // contain multiple decls. 7240 return nullptr; 7241 } 7242 7243 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 7244 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7245 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 7246 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 7247 return ExprError(); 7248 7249 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 7250 } 7251 7252 public: 7253 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 7254 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 7255 7256 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7257 MultiExprArg Args, 7258 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 7259 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 7260 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 7261 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 7262 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 7263 if (Result.isUsable()) { 7264 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 7265 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 7266 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 7267 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 7268 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 7269 } 7270 } 7271 return Result; 7272 } 7273 7274 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7275 7276 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 7277 7278 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 7279 ExprResult Res; 7280 while (true) { 7281 Res = TryTransform(E); 7282 7283 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 7284 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 7285 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 7286 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 7287 break; 7288 } 7289 7290 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 7291 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 7292 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 7293 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 7294 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 7295 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 7296 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 7297 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 7298 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 7299 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 7300 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 7301 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 7302 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 7303 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 7304 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7305 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 7306 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 7307 TransformCache.erase(TE); 7308 Res = ExprError(); 7309 break; 7310 } 7311 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 7312 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 7313 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 7314 } 7315 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 7316 7317 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 7318 if (!Res.isUsable()) 7319 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 7320 7321 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 7322 7323 return Res; 7324 } 7325 7326 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 7327 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 7328 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 7329 // first one that was encountered. 7330 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 7331 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 7332 return CacheEntry; 7333 } 7334 7335 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 7336 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 7337 7338 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 7339 // typo correction and return it. 7340 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 7341 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 7342 continue; 7343 // FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's 7344 // probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction. 7345 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 7346 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 7347 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 7348 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 7349 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 7350 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 7351 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 7352 TypoCorrection Next; 7353 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 7354 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 7355 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 7356 } else { 7357 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 7358 } 7359 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 7360 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 7361 return CacheEntry = NE; 7362 } 7363 } 7364 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 7365 } 7366 }; 7367 } 7368 7369 ExprResult 7370 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 7371 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 7372 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 7373 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 7374 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 7375 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 7376 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 7377 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 7378 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 7379 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 7380 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 7381 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 7382 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 7383 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 7384 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 7385 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 7386 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 7387 return Result; 7388 } 7389 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 7390 } 7391 return E; 7392 } 7393 7394 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 7395 bool DiscardedValue, 7396 bool IsConstexpr, 7397 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 7398 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 7399 7400 if (!FullExpr.get()) 7401 return ExprError(); 7402 7403 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 7404 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 7405 // containing full-expression is done). 7406 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 7407 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 7408 // return a; 7409 // }() ...); 7410 // } 7411 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 7412 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 7413 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 7414 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 7415 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 7416 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 7417 // parser/instantiation has got to). 7418 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 7419 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 7420 return ExprError(); 7421 7422 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 7423 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 7424 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 7425 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 7426 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7427 return ExprError(); 7428 } 7429 7430 if (DiscardedValue) { 7431 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7432 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7433 return ExprError(); 7434 7435 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 7436 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7437 return ExprError(); 7438 } 7439 7440 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 7441 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7442 return ExprError(); 7443 7444 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 7445 7446 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 7447 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 7448 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 7449 // Consider the following code: 7450 // void f(int, int); 7451 // void f(const int&, double); 7452 // void foo() { 7453 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 7454 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 7455 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 7456 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 7457 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 7458 // }; 7459 // }; 7460 // } 7461 7462 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 7463 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 7464 // void f() { 7465 // const int n = 0; 7466 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 7467 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 7468 // }; 7469 // } 7470 // 7471 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 7472 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 7473 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 7474 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 7475 7476 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = 7477 getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true); 7478 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 7479 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 7480 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 7481 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 7482 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 7483 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 7484 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 7485 // "Alternative suggestion: 7486 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 7487 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 7488 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 7489 // constructor/destructor. 7490 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 7491 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 7492 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7493 while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC)) 7494 DC = DC->getParent(); 7495 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC); 7496 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 7497 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 7498 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 7499 *this); 7500 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 7501 } 7502 7503 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 7504 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 7505 7506 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 7507 } 7508 7509 Sema::IfExistsResult 7510 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 7511 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7512 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 7513 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 7514 if (!TargetName) 7515 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7516 7517 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 7518 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 7519 return IER_Dependent; 7520 7521 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 7522 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 7523 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 7524 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 7525 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 7526 7527 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 7528 case LookupResult::Found: 7529 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 7530 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 7531 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 7532 return IER_Exists; 7533 7534 case LookupResult::NotFound: 7535 return IER_DoesNotExist; 7536 7537 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 7538 return IER_Dependent; 7539 } 7540 7541 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 7542 } 7543 7544 Sema::IfExistsResult 7545 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 7546 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7547 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 7548 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 7549 7550 // Check for an unexpanded parameter pack. 7551 auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists; 7552 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) || 7553 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC)) 7554 return IER_Error; 7555 7556 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7557 } 7558